4-542-302-43(1)

FM/MW/SW Operating Instructions GB

Compact Disc
Player

For the connection/installation, see page 14.

To cancel the demonstration (DEMO) display, see page 8.

CDX-G1152U/CDX-G1151U/CDX-G1150U
 For safety, be sure to install this unit in the
dashboard of the car as the rear side of the unit
becomes hot during use.
For details, see “Connection/Installation”
(page 14).

This product is classified as a Class 1 Laser product

under IEC 60825-1:2007.

This label is located on bottom surface of the

product.

Laser Diode Properties

 Emission Duration: Continuous
 Laser Output: Less than 53.3 μW
(This output is the value measurement at a distance
of 200 mm from the objective lens surface on the
Optical Pick-up Block with 7 mm aperture.)

The nameplate indicating operating voltage, etc., is

located on the bottom of the chassis.

Note on the lithium battery

Do not expose the battery to excessive heat such as
direct sunlight, fire or the like.

Warning if your car’s ignition has no ACC

position
Be sure to set the AUTO OFF function (page 9).
The unit will shut off completely and
automatically in the set time after the unit is
turned off, which prevents battery drain. If you
do not set the AUTO OFF function, press and hold
OFF until the display disappears each time you
turn the ignition off.

Disclaimer regarding services offered by

third parties
Services offered by third parties may be changed,
suspended, or terminated without prior notice.
Sony does not bear any responsibility in these sorts
of situations.

2GB
Table of Contents
Guide to Parts and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Getting Started
Detaching the Front Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Setting the Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Connecting a USB Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Connecting Other Portable Audio Device . . . . . . . 6

Listening to the Radio

Listening to the Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Using Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Playback
Playing a Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Playing a USB Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Searching and Playing Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Settings
Canceling the DEMO Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Basic Setting Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Setup (GENERAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sound Setup (SOUND) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Display Setup (DISPLAY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Additional Information
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Connection/Installation
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Parts List for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

3GB
Guide to Parts and Controls

Main unit

 Front panel release button  (back)

Return to the previous display.
 SRC (source)
Turn on the power. MODE (page 6)
Change the source.  Receptor for the remote commander
OFF
 PTY (program type)
Press and hold for 1 second to turn the source
Select PTY in RDS.
off and display the clock.
Press and hold for more than 2 seconds to turn  Number buttons (1 to 6)
off the power and the display. Receive stored radio stations. Press and hold to
If the unit is turned off and the display store stations.
disappears, operation by the remote ALBUM /
commander is not available. Skip an album for audio device. Press and hold
 Control dial to skip albums continuously.
Rotate to adjust the volume. (repeat)
PUSH ENTER SHUF (shuffle)
Enter the selected item. PAUSE
MENU
 MEGA BASS
Open the setup menu.
Press to turn on/off the MEGA BASS function.
 Disc slot
 DSPL (display)
 Display window Press to change display items.
 SEEK +/– SCRL
Tune in radio stations automatically. Press and Press and hold to scroll a display item.
hold to tune manually.  AUX input jack
/ (prev/next)
 USB port
/ (fast-reverse/fast-forward)
  (disc eject)
 (browse) (page 8)
Enter the browse mode during playback.

4GB
RM-X211 Remote commander
Getting Started

Detaching the Front Panel

You can detach the front panel of this unit to
prevent theft.

1 Press and hold OFF  until the unit turns

off, press the front panel release button
, then pull the panel towards you to
remove.

Caution alarm
If you turn the ignition switch to the OFF position
without detaching the front panel, the caution
The VOL (volume) + button has a tactile dot. alarm will sound for a few seconds. The alarm will
only sound if the built-in amplifier is used.
 ATT (attenuate)
Attenuate the sound. Press again to cancel the
attenuation.
Attaching the front panel
 SOUND
Open the SOUND menu directly.
MENU
Press and hold to open the setup menu.
 ///
Select a setup item, etc.
ENTER
Enter the selected item.
/ (prev/next)
+/– (album +/–) Setting the Clock
 VOL (Volume) +/–
1 Press MENU, rotate the control dial to
select [GENERAL], then press it.
Remove the insulation film before use.
2 Rotate the control dial to select [CLOCK-
ADJ], then press it.
The hour indication flashes.

3 Rotate the control dial to set the hour

and minute.
To move the digital indication, press SEEK +/–.

4 After setting the minute, press MENU.

The setup is complete and the clock starts.

To display the clock

Press DSPL.

5GB
Connecting a USB Device
Listening to the Radio
1 Turn down the volume on the unit.
2 Connect the USB device to the unit. Listening to the Radio
To listen to the radio, press SRC to select [TUNER].

Storing automatically (BTM)

1 Press MODE to change the band (FM1,
FM2, FM3, MW, SW1 or SW2).
2 Press MENU, rotate the control dial to
select [GENERAL], then press it.

Connecting Other Portable 3 Rotate the control dial to select [BTM],

then press it.
Audio Device The unit stores stations in order of frequency on
the number buttons.
1 Turn off the portable audio device.
2 Turn down the volume on the unit. Tuning
3 Connect the portable audio device to the 1 Press MODE to change the band (FM1,
AUX input jack (stereo mini jack) on the FM2, FM3, MW, SW1 or SW2).
unit with a connecting cord (not
supplied)*. 2 Perform tuning.
* Be sure to use a straight type plug. To tune manually
Press and hold SEEK +/– to locate the
approximate frequency, then press SEEK +/–
repeatedly to fine adjust to the desired
frequency.
To tune automatically
Press SEEK +/–.
Scanning stops when the unit receives a station.

Storing manually

4 Press SRC to select [AUX].

1 While receiving the station that you want
to store, press and hold a number button
To match the volume level of the connected (1 to 6) until [MEM] appears.
device to other sources
Start playback of the portable audio device at a
moderate volume, and set your usual listening Receiving the stored stations
volume on the unit.
Press MENU, then select [SOUND]  [AUX VOL] 1 Select the band, then press a number
(page 9). button (1 to 6).

6GB
Using Radio Data System (RDS)
Playback
Selecting program types (PTY) Playing a Disc
1 Press PTY during FM reception.
1 Insert the disc (label side up).
2 Rotate the control dial until the desired
program type appears, then press it.
The unit starts to search for a station
broadcasting the selected program type.

Type of programs

NEWS (News), AFFAIRS (Current Affairs), INFO

(Information), SPORT (Sports), EDUCATE
(Education), DRAMA (Drama), CULTURE (Culture),
SCIENCE (Science), VARIED (Varied), POP M (Pop Playback starts automatically.
Music), ROCK M (Rock Music), EASY M (M.O.R.
Music), LIGHT M (Light classical), CLASSICS (Serious
classical), OTHER M (Other Music), WEATHER
(Weather), FINANCE (Finance), CHILDREN
Playing a USB Device
(Children’s program), SOCIAL A (Social Affairs), MSC (Mass Storage Class) and MTP (Media Transfer
RELIGION (Religion), PHONE IN (Phone In), TRAVEL Protocol) type USB devices (such as a USB flash
(Travel), LEISURE (Leisure), JAZZ (Jazz Music), drive, digital media player, Android™ phone)
COUNTRY (Country Music), NATION M (National compliant with the USB standard can be used.
Music), OLDIES (Oldies Music), FOLK M (Folk Music), Depending on the digital media player or Android
DOCUMENT (Documentary) phone, setting the USB connection mode to MTP is
required.
Notes
Setting clock time (CT)  For details on the compatibility of your USB device,
visit the support site (page 18).
The CT data from the RDS transmission sets the  Playback of the following MP3/WMA files is not
clock. supported.
 lossless compression files
1 Set [CT-ON] in [GENERAL] (page 9).  copyright-protected files
 DRM (Digital Rights Management) files
 Multi-channel audio files
1 Connect a USB device to the USB port
(page 6).
Playback starts.
If a device is already connected, to start
playback, press SRC to select [USB].
2 Adjust the volume on this unit.

To stop playback
Press and hold OFF for 1 second.

To remove the device

Stop playback, then remove the device.

7GB
Searching and Playing Tracks
Settings
Repeat play and shuffle play Canceling the DEMO Mode
1 During playback, press (repeat) or You can cancel the demonstration display which
SHUF repeatedly to select the desired appears when the source is off and the clock is
play mode. displayed.
Playback in the selected play mode may take
time to start.
1 Press MENU, rotate the control dial to
select [DISPLAY], then press it.
Available play modes differ depending on the
selected sound source. 2 Rotate the control dial to select [DEMO],
then press it.

Searching a track by name (Quick- 3 Rotate the control dial to select [DEMO-
OFF], then press it.
BrowZer™)
The setting is complete.
1 During CD or USB playback, press 4 Press (back) twice.
(browse)* to display the list of search The display returns to normal reception/play
categories. mode.
When the track list appears, press (back)
repeatedly to display the desired search
category.
* During USB playback, press (browse) for more
Basic Setting Operation
than 2 seconds to directly return to the beginning You can set items in the following setup categories:
of the category list. General setup (GENERAL), Sound setup (SOUND),
2 Rotate the control dial to select the Display setup (DISPLAY)
desired search category, then press it to 1 Press MENU.
confirm.
2 Rotate the control dial to select the setup
3 Repeat step 2 to search the desired track. category, then press it.
Playback starts. The items that can be set differ depending on
the source and settings.
To exit the Quick-BrowZer mode
Press (browse). 3 Rotate the control dial to select the
options, then press it.
Searching by skipping items To return to the previous display
(Jump mode) Press (back).

1 Press (browse).
2 Press SEEK +. General Setup (GENERAL)
3 Rotate the control dial to select the item. CLOCK-ADJ (clock adjust) (page 5)
The list is jumped in steps of 10% of the total
number of items. CAUT ALM (caution alarm)
Activates the caution alarm: [ON], [OFF] (page 5).
4 Press ENTER to return to the Quick- (Available only while the source is off and the
BrowZer mode. clock is displayed.)
The selected item appears.
BEEP
5 Rotate the control dial to select the Activates the beep sound: [ON], [OFF].
desired item, then press it.
Playback starts.

8GB
AUTO OFF
Shuts off automatically after a desired time Display Setup (DISPLAY)
when the unit is turned off: [NO], [30S] (30
seconds), [30M] (30 minutes), [60M] (60 DEMO (demonstration)
minutes). Activates the demonstration: [ON], [OFF].

AUX-A (AUX audio) BLK OUT (black out)

Activates the AUX source display: [ON], [OFF]. Turns off the illumination automatically for any
(Available only while the source is off and the source (e.g., during radio reception/CD
clock is displayed.) playback, etc.) if no operation is performed for 5
seconds: [ON], [OFF].
CT (clock time) To turn the light back on, press any button on
Activates the CT function: [ON], [OFF]. the unit or the remote commander.

BTM (page 6) DIMMER

Changes the display brightness: [ON], [OFF].

SND SYNC (sound synchronization)

Sound Setup (SOUND) Selects the color with sound synchronization:
[ON], [OFF].
MEGABASS (mega bass) AUTO SCR (auto scroll)
Reinforces bass sound in synchronization with Scrolls long items automatically: [ON], [OFF].
the volume level: [ON], [OFF].
M.DISPLAY (motion display)
EQ5 PRESET Shows moving patterns: [ON], [OFF].
Selects an equalizer curve from 10 equalizer
curves or off:
[OFF], [R AND B], [ROCK], [POP], [DANCE], [HIP-
HOP], [ELECTRONICA], [JAZZ], [AFRO POP],
[BONGO], [CUSTOM].
The equalizer curve setting can be memorized
for each source.

EQ5 SETTING
Sets [CUSTOM] of EQ5.
BASE
Selects a preset equalizer curve as a basis for
further customizing: [BAND1] (low frequency),
[BAND2] (mid-low frequency), [BAND3] (mid
frequency), [BAND4] (mid-high frequency),
[BAND5] (high frequency).
The volume level is adjustable in 1 dB steps,
from -10 dB to +10 dB.

BALANCE
Adjusts the sound balance: [RIGHT-15] –
[CENTER] – [LEFT-15].

FADER
Adjusts the relative level: [FRONT-15] – [CENTER]
– [REAR-15].

SW LEVEL (subwoofer level)

Adjusts the subwoofer volume level:
[+2 dB] – [0 dB] – [-2 dB].

AUX VOL (AUX volume level)

Adjusts the volume level for each connected
auxiliary device: [+18 dB] – [0 dB] – [-8 dB].
This setting negates the need to adjust the
volume level between sources.

9GB
  CD-R/CD-RW other than those recorded in
music CD format or MP3 format conforming to
Additional Information ISO9660 Level 1/Level 2, Joliet/Romeo or multi-
session.

Precautions
Playback order of MP3/WMA files
 Cool off the unit beforehand if your car has been
parked in direct sunlight.
 Do not leave the front panel or audio devices MP3/WMA Folder (album)
brought in inside the car, or it may cause MP3/WMA file (track)
malfunction due to high temperature in direct
sunlight.
 Power antenna (aerial) extends automatically.

Moisture condensation
Should moisture condensation occur inside the
unit, remove the disc and wait for about an hour for
it to dry out; otherwise the unit will not operate
properly.

To maintain high sound quality

Do not splash liquid onto the unit or discs.

If you have any questions or problems concerning

Notes on discs your unit that are not covered in this manual,
consult your nearest Sony dealer.
 Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat
sources such as hot air ducts, nor leave it in a car
parked in direct sunlight.
 Before playing, wipe the discs Maintenance
with a cleaning cloth from the
center out. Do not use Replacing the lithium battery of the remote
solvents such as benzine, commander
thinner, commercially Under normal conditions, the battery will last
available cleaners. approximately 1 year. (The service life may be
 This unit is designed to play shorter, depending on the conditions of use.)
back discs that conform to the When the battery becomes weak, the range of the
Compact Disc (CD) standard. remote commander becomes shorter.
DualDiscs and some of the music discs encoded
with copyright protection technologies do not CAUTION
conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard, Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly
therefore, these discs may not be playable by this replaced. Replaced only with the same or
unit. equivalent type.
 Discs that this unit CANNOT play + side up
 Discs with labels, stickers, or sticky tape or
paper attached. Doing so may cause a
malfunction, or may ruin the disc.
 Discs with non-standard shapes (e.g., heart,
square, star). Attempting to do so may damage
the unit.
 8 cm (3 1/4 in) discs.

Notes on CD-R/CD-RW discs Notes on the lithium battery

 If the multi-session disc begins with a CD-DA  Keep the lithium battery out of the reach of children.
Should the battery be swallowed, immediately
session, it is recognized as a CD-DA disc, and
consult a doctor.
other sessions are not played back.  Wipe the battery with a dry cloth to ensure a good
 Discs that this unit CANNOT play contact.
 CD-R/CD-RW of poor recording quality.  Be sure to observe the correct polarity when installing
 CD-R/CD-RW recorded with an incompatible the battery.
recording device.  Do not hold the battery with metallic tweezers,
 CD-R/CD-RW which is finalized incorrectly. otherwise a short-circuit may occur.

10GB
 WARNING CD Player section
Battery may explode if mistreated. Do not Signal-to-noise ratio: 95 dB
recharge, disassemble, or dispose of in fire. Frequency response: 10 – 20,000 Hz
Wow and flutter: Below measurable limit
Cleaning the connectors The maximum number of: (CD-R/CD-RW only)
The unit may not function properly if the  folders (albums): 150 (including root folder)
connectors between the unit and the front panel  files (tracks) and folders: 300 (may less than 300
are not clean. In order to prevent this, detach the if folder/file names contain many characters)
front panel (page 5) and clean the connectors with  displayable characters for a folder/file name: 32
a cotton swab. Do not apply too much force. (Joliet)/64 (Romeo)
Otherwise, the connectors may be damaged. Corresponding codec: MP3 (.mp3) and WMA (.wma)

USB Player section

Interface: USB (Full-speed)
Maximum current: 500 mA
The maximum number of recognizable tracks:
 folders (albums): 256
 files (tracks) per folder: 256
Notes Corresponding codec:
 For safety, turn off the ignition before cleaning the MP3 (.mp3) and WMA (.wma)
connectors, and remove the key from the ignition
switch. Power amplifier section
 Never touch the connectors directly with your fingers Output: Speaker outputs
or with any metal device.
Speaker impedance: 4 – 8 ohms
Maximum power output: 55 W × 4 (at 4 ohms)

Specifications General
Outputs:
Tuner section Audio outputs terminal (rear, sub)
Power antenna (aerial)/Power amplifier control
FM terminal (REM OUT)
Tuning range: 87.5 – 108.0 MHz Inputs:
Antenna (aerial) terminal: Remote controller input terminal
External antenna (aerial) connector Antenna (aerial) input terminal
Intermediate frequency: AUX input jack (stereo mini jack)
FM CCIR: -1,956.5 to -487.3 kHz and USB port
+500.0 to +2,095.4 kHz Power requirements: 12 V DC car battery (negative
Usable sensitivity: 7 dBf ground (earth))
Selectivity: 75 dB at 400 kHz Dimensions:
Signal-to-noise ratio: 73 dB Approx. 178 mm × 50 mm × 177 mm
Separation: 50 dB at 1 kHz (7 1/8 in × 2 in × 7 in) (w/h/d)
Frequency response: 20 – 15,000 Hz Mounting dimensions:
MW Approx. 182 mm × 53 mm × 160 mm
(7 1/4 in × 2 1/8 in × 6 5/ 16 in) (w/h/d)
Tuning range: 531 – 1,602 kHz
Mass: Approx. 1.2 kg (2 lb 11 oz)
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector Package contents:
Main unit (1)
Sensitivity: 26 μV
Remote commander (1): RM-X211
SW Parts for installation and connections (1 set)
Tuning range:
SW1: 2,940 – 7,735 kHz Your dealer may not handle some of the above
SW2: 9,500 – 18,135 kHz listed accessories. Please ask the dealer for detailed
(except for 10,140 – 11,575 kHz) information.
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector Design and specifications are subject to change
Intermediate frequency: without notice.
-2,463.8 to -1,710.1 kHz and
+1,710.0 to +2,418.4 kHz
Sensitivity: 26 μV

11GB
Copyrights During playback or reception, the demonstration
mode starts.
Windows Media is either a registered trademark or  If no operation is performed for 5 minutes with
trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United [DEMO-ON] set, the demonstration mode starts.
States and/or other countries.  Set [DEMO-OFF] (page 9).

This product is protected by certain intellectual The display disappears from/does not appear in
property rights of Microsoft Corporation. Use or the display window.
distribution of such technology outside of this  The dimmer is set to [DIM-ON] (page 9).
product is prohibited without a license from  The display disappears if you press and hold OFF.
Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary.  Press OFF on the unit until the display appears.
 The connectors are dirty (page 11).
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology and patents
licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. The display disappears while the unit is
operating.
Android is a trademark of Google Inc.  The Black Out function is set to on (page 9).

The operation buttons do not function.

The disc will not eject.
Troubleshooting  Press DSPL and (back)/MODE for more than 2
The following checklist will help you remedy seconds to reset the unit.
problems you may encounter with your unit. The contents stored in memory are erased.
Before going through the checklist below, check For your safety, do not reset the unit while you
the connection and operating procedures. are driving.
For details on using the fuse and removing the unit
from the dashboard, see “Connection/Installation”
(page 14).
Radio reception
If the problem is not solved, visit the support site Stations cannot be received.
(page 18). The sound is hampered by noises.
 The connection is not correct.
General  If your car has built-in radio antenna (aerial) in
the rear/side glass, connect an REM OUT lead
No power is being supplied to the unit. (blue/white striped) or accessory power supply
 If the unit is turned off and the display lead (red) to the power supply lead of a car’s
disappears, the unit cannot be operated with the antenna (aerial) booster.
remote commander.  Check the connection of the car antenna
 Turn on the unit. (aerial).
 If the auto antenna (aerial) will not extend,
No sound. check the connection of the power antenna
 The position of the fader control [FADER] is not (aerial) control lead.
set for a 2-speaker system.
Preset tuning is not possible.
No beep sound.  The broadcast signal is too weak.
 An optional power amplifier is connected and
you are not using the built-in amplifier.
RDS
The contents of the memory have been erased. PTY displays [- - - - - - - -].
 The power supply lead or battery has been  The current station is not an RDS station.
disconnected or not connected properly.  RDS data has not been received.
 The station does not specify the program type.
Stored stations and correct time are erased.
The fuse has blown.
Makes a noise when the position of the ignition CD playback
is switched.
The disc does not play back.
 The leads are not matched correctly with the car’s
 Defective or dirty disc.
accessory power connector.
 The CD-R/CD-RW is not for audio use (page 10).

MP3/WMA files cannot be played back.

 The disc is incompatible with the MP3/WMA
format and version. For details on playable discs
and formats, visit the support site (page 18).

12GB
MP3/WMA files take longer to play back than READ: Now reading information.
others.  Wait until reading is complete and playback
 The following discs take a longer time to start starts automatically. This may take some time
playback. depending on the disc structure.
 A disc recorded with a complicated tree
structure. USB NO SUPRT: The USB device is not supported.
 A disc recorded in Multi Session.  For details on the compatibility of your USB
 A disc to which data can be added. device, visit the support site (page 18).

The sound skips. or : The beginning or

 Defective or dirty disc. the end of the disc has been reached.

: The character cannot be displayed.

USB device playback
If these solutions do not help improve the situation,
You cannot play back items via a USB hub.
consult your nearest Sony dealer.
 This unit cannot recognize USB devices via a USB
If you take the unit to be repaired because of CD
hub.
playback trouble, bring the disc that was used at
the time the problem began.
A USB device takes longer to play back.
 The USB device contains files with a complicated
tree structure.

The sound is intermittent.

 The sound may be intermittent at a high-bit-rate
of more than 320 kbps.

Audio file cannot be played back.

 USB device formatted with file systems other
than FAT16 or FAT32 are unsupported.*
* This unit supports FAT16 and FAT32, but some USB
device may not support all of these FAT. For details,
refer to the operating instruction of each USB device
or contact the manufacturer.

Error displays/Messages
ERROR: The disc or USB device cannot be played.
 Clean or insert the disc correctly, or make sure the
disc is not blank or defective.
 Connect the USB device again.

HUB NO SUPRT: USB hubs are not supported.

NO DEV: A USB device is not connected or

recognized.
 Make sure the USB device or USB cable is securely
connected.

NO MUSIC: There is no playable file.

 Insert a disc or connect a USB device containing
playable files (page 11).

OVERLOAD: The USB device is overloaded.

 Disconnect the USB device, then press SRC to
select another source.
 The USB device has a fault, or an unsupported
device is connected.

PUSH EJT: The disc could not be ejected properly.

 Press  (eject).

13GB
 Parts List for Installation
Connection/Installation
 

Cautions
 Run all ground (earth) leads to a common
ground (earth) point. ×2
 Do not get the leads trapped under a screw, or
caught in moving parts (e.g., seat railing).
 
 Before making connections, turn the car ignition
off to avoid short circuits.
 Connect the yellow and red power supply leads
only after all other leads have been connected.
 Be sure to insulate any loose unconnected leads
with electrical tape for safety.
 
5 × max. 8 mm
Precautions (7/32 × max. 5/16 in)
 Choose the installation location carefully so that
the unit will not interfere with normal driving
×4
operations.
 Avoid installing the unit in areas subject to dust, 
dirt, excessive vibration, or high temperature,
such as in direct sunlight or near heater ducts.
 Use only the supplied mounting hardware for a
safe and secure installation.
Note on the power supply lead (yellow)  This parts list does not include all the package
When connecting this unit in combination with other contents.
stereo components, the amperage rating of the car  The bracket  and the protection collar  are
circuit to which the unit is connected must be higher attached to the unit before shipping. Before
than the sum of each component’s fuse amperage mounting the unit, use the release keys  to
rating.
remove the bracket  from the unit. For details,
Mounting angle adjustment see “Removing the protection collar and the
Adjust the mounting angle to less than 45°. bracket” (page 16).
 Keep the release keys  for future use as they are
also necessary if you remove the unit from your
car.

14GB
Connection
Subwoofer*1
*3

*3

Power amplifier*1

White
White/black striped
Front speaker*1*2
Gray
Gray/black striped
Green
Green/black striped
Rear speaker*1*2
Purple
Purple/black striped

Black
Yellow
For details, see “Making
Red
connections” (page 16).
Blue/white striped (MAX 0.4A)

from a wired remote control

(not supplied)*4

from a car antenna (aerial)

*1 Not supplied
*2 Speaker impedance: 4 – 8 Ω × 4
*3 RCA pin cord (not supplied)
*4 Depending on the type of car, use an adaptor for a
wired remote control (not supplied).

15GB
Making connections
Installation
 To a common ground (earth) point
First connect the black ground (earth) lead, then
connect the yellow and red power supply leads. Removing the protection collar and the
 To the +12 V power terminal which is bracket
energized at all times
Be sure to first connect the black ground (earth) Before installing the unit, remove the protection
lead to a common ground (earth) point. collar  and the bracket  from the unit.

 To the +12 V power terminal which is 1 Pinch both edges of the protection collar
energized when the ignition switch is set to , then pull it out.
the accessory position
If there is no accessory position, connect to the
+12 V power (battery) terminal which is 
energized at all times.
Be sure to first connect the black ground (earth)
lead to a common ground (earth) point.
 To the power antenna (aerial) control lead or
the power supply lead of the antenna (aerial)
booster
It is not necessary to connect this lead if there is
no power antenna (aerial) or antenna (aerial) 2 Insert both release keys  until they
booster, or with a manually-operated telescopic click, and pull down the bracket , then
antenna (aerial). pull up the unit to separate.
To AMP REMOTE IN of an optional power
amplifier 
This connection is only for amplifiers and a
power antenna (aerial). Connecting any other
system may damage the unit.



Subwoofer Easy Connection
You can use a subwoofer without a power amplifier
when it is connected to a rear speaker cord.
Face the hook inwards.

Front speaker
Mounting the unit in the dashboard
Before installing, make sure the catches on both
sides of the bracket  are bent inwards 2 mm (3/32
Subwoofer in). When mounting in a Japanese car, see
“Mounting the unit in a Japanese car” (page 17).
Note
Use a subwoofer with an impedance of 4 to 8 ohms, 1 Position the bracket  inside the
and with adequate power handling capacities to avoid dashboard, then bend the claws outward
damage.
for a tight fit.
Memory hold connection 182 mm (7 1/4 in)
When the yellow power supply lead is connected,
power will always be supplied to the memory circuit 53 mm (2 1/8 in)
even when the ignition switch is turned off.

Speaker connection
 Before connecting the speakers, turn the unit off.
 Use speakers with an impedance of 4 to 8 ohms,
and with adequate power handling capacities to
avoid damage. Catch


16GB
2 Mount the unit onto the bracket , then Note
To prevent malfunction, install only with the supplied
attach the protection collar . screws .


Detaching and attaching the front panel
For details, see “Detaching the Front Panel”
(page 5).


Fuse replacement

When replacing the fuse, be sure Fuse (10 A)
to use one matching the
 amperage rating stated on the
original fuse. If the fuse blows,
check the power connection and
Notes replace the fuse. If the fuse blows
 If the catches are straight or bent outwards, the unit again after replacement, there
will not be installed securely and may spring out. may be an internal malfunction. In such a case,
 Make sure the 4 catches on the protection collar  consult your nearest Sony dealer.
are properly engaged in the slots of the unit.

Mounting the unit in a Japanese car

You may not be able to install this unit in some
makes of Japanese cars. In such a case, consult your
Sony dealer.

TOYOTA

to dashboard/center console

Bracket

Bracket


Existing parts supplied with
your car

NISSAN

to dashboard/center console

Bracket

Bracket


Existing parts supplied with
your car

17GB
 http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/

18GB
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/

18PR
 ‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬ ‫واﺣﺪ را روی ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮده و ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﯿﭻ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ‪ ‬را ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن و وﺻﻞ ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬

‫ﺑﺮای اﻃﻼع از ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(5‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﻓﯿﻮز‬
‫ﻓﯿﻮز )‪ 10‬آﻣﭙﺮ(‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﻓﯿﻮز‪ ،‬ﺣﺘ ًام از ﻓﯿﻮزی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ درﺟﻪ آﻣﭙﺮ آن ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ درﺟﻪ ﻗﯿﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫روی ﻓﯿﻮز اﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬در ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺮﯾﺪن ﻓﯿﻮز‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮق را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﺮده و ﻓﯿﻮز را ﻋﻮض ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ دوﺑﺎره ﻓﯿﻮز ﭘﺮﯾﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻧﻘﺺ داﺧﻠﯽ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬در اﯾﻦ‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫ﺻﻮرت‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮑﱰﯾﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ‪ Sony‬متﺎس ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﭼﻔﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺻﺎف ﺑﻮده ﯾﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ‬
‫در ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ و ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﯿﺮون ﺑﯿﺎﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ‪ 4‬ﭼﻔﺖ روی ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﯿﺢ در‬
‫ﺷﯿﺎرﻫﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ در ﯾﮏ ﺧﻮدروی ژاﭘﻨﯽ‬

‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﺧﻮدروﻫﺎی ژاﭘﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﯿﺪ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ را ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬در اﯾﻦ ﺻﻮرت‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ‪ Sony‬متﺎس ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪TOYOTA‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫در داﺷﺒﻮرد‪/‬ﮐﻨﺴﻮل ﻣﺮﮐﺰی‬

‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺧﻮدروی ﺷام‬

‫‪NISSAN‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫در داﺷﺒﻮرد‪/‬ﮐﻨﺴﻮل ﻣﺮﮐﺰی‬

‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬

‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺧﻮدروی ﺷام‬

‫‪17PR‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮاری اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﱰک‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺑﺘﺪا ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮق زرد و‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬را از واﺣﺪ ﺟﺪا‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺑﺮق ‪ +12‬وﻟﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﺟﺮﯾﺎن در آن ﺑﺮﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺘ ًام اﺑﺘﺪا ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﯽ را ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ‬
‫زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﱰک وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬دو ﻟﺒﻪ ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬را ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺑﺮق ‪ +12‬وﻟﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق روی‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎن ﺑﺮق در آن ﺑﺮﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل )ﺑﺎﺗﺮی(‬
‫‪ +12‬وﻟﺘﯽ وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﺟﺮﯾﺎن در آن ﺑﺮﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘ ًام اﺑﺘﺪا ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﯽ را ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ‬
‫زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﱰک وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﱰل آﻧنت ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﯾﺎ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه آﻧنت‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ آﻧﺘﯽ ﺑﺮق ﯾﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه آﻧنت وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد ﯾﺎ ﺑﺮای‬
‫آﻧنت ﺗﻠﺴﮑﻮﭘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ دﺳﺘﯽ راه اﻧﺪازی ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻻزم ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻫﺮ دو ﮐﻠﯿﺪ رﻫﺎﺳﺎز ‪ ‬را ﻃﻮری ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪای‬ ‫اﯾﻦ ﺳﯿﻢ را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﯿﮏ آن ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮش ﺑﺮﺳﺪ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬را ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺑﮑﺸﯿﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ‪ AMP REMOTE IN‬از‬
‫اﯾﻦ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮﻫﺎ و آﻧنت ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮﻗﯽ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﮑﺸﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی دﯾﮕﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل آﺳﺎن ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ از ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ وﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪون‬
‫آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺟﻠﻮ‬

‫ﻗﻼب را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ داﺧﻞ ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ در داﺷﺒﻮرد‬ ‫ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻔﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻫﺮ دو ﻃﺮف ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﺑﺮوز آﺳﯿﺐ‪ ،‬از ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ ﺑﺎ اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ‪ 4‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 8‬اﻫﻤﯽ و‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف داﺧﻞ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ در ﯾﮏ ﺧﻮدرو‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﻣﺪﯾﺮﯾﺖ ﺑﺮق ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ژاﭘﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ در ﯾﮏ ﺧﻮدروی ژاﭘﻨﯽ" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (17‬رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬را در داﺧﻞ داﺷﺒﻮرد ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﯿﺮه‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﺧﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺤﮑﻢ در ﺟﺎی‬ ‫وﻗﺘﯽ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق زرد رﻧﮓ وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق ﺧﺎﻣﻮش‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪار ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار ﮔﯿﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 182‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 53‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﺑﺮوز آﺳﯿﺐ‪ ،‬از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی دارای اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ‪ 4‬ﺗﺎ ‪8‬‬
‫اﻫﻢ و ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﺑﺮق ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻔﺖ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪16PR‬‬
 ‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫*‪1‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ‬
‫*‪3‬‬

‫*‪3‬‬

‫*‪1‬‬‫آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﻔﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻔﯿﺪ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬ ‫*‪2*1‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﮐﺴﱰی‬
‫ﺧﺎﮐﺴﱰی‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬
‫*‪2*1‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﭘﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬
‫ﺳﯿﺎه‬
‫زرد‬ ‫ﺑﺮای ﮐﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﯿﺸﱰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﺑﺮﻗﺮاری‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(16‬‬
‫آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ راه راه )‪(MAX 0.4A‬‬ ‫رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫از ﯾﮏ ﮐﻨﱰل راه دور دارای ﺳﯿﻢ‬

‫)ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه واﺣﺪ اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ(*‪4‬‬

‫از ﯾﮏ آﻧنت ﺧﻮدرو‬

‫*‪ 1‬اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬

‫*‪ 2‬اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‪ 4 :‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 8‬اﻫﻢ‪ 4 ،‬ﻋﺪد‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﭘﯿﻦ ‪) RCA‬اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺧﻮدرو‪ ،‬از ﯾﮏ آداﭘﺘﻮر ﺑﺮای ﯾﮏ ﮐﻨﱰل راه دور ﺳﯿﻢ دار‬
‫)ﮐﻪ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪15PR‬‬
 ‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ را ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎط اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪×2‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﺮاﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ زﯾﺮ ﭘﯿﭻ ﻫﺎ ﯾﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺘﺤﺮک ﮔﯿﺮ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ )ﻣﺜ ًﻼ‬
‫رﯾﻞ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﯽ(‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺠﺎم اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﺑﺮﻗﺮاری اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺪار ﮐﻮﺗﺎه‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق زرد و ﻗﺮﻣﺰ را ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺘ ًام ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺪون ﻋﺎﯾﻖ را ﺑﺮای ﺣﻔﻆ اﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﭼﺴﺐ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص وﺳﺎﯾﻞ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ × 5‬ﺣﺪاﮐرث ‪ 8‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮارد اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺤﻠﯽ را ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺑﯿﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻋﺎدی راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺗﺪاﺧﻠﯽ ﭘﯿﺶ ﻧﯿﺎورد‪.‬‬
‫‪×4‬‬ ‫‪ ‬از ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎی در ﻣﻌﺮض ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎک‪ ،‬آﻟﻮدﮔﯽ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮزش‬
‫زﯾﺎد ﯾﺎ دﻣﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ در ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ آﻓﺘﺎب ﯾﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺑﺨﺎری‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮدداری ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻘﻂ از ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰار ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ اﻣﻦ و ﺑﯽ ﺧﻄﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ای درﺑﺎره ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق )زرد(‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﻦ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮاﻫﺎی ﺑﺴﺘﻪ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺳﱰﯾﻮ‪ ،‬درﺟﻪ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻣﺪار‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬و ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ‬ ‫ﺧﻮدروﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ آن وﺻﻞ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﯿﺸﱰ از ﮐﻞ درﺟﻪ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻓﯿﻮز ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬از ﮐﻠﯿﺪﻫﺎی رﻫﺎﺳﺎزی ‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬از واﺣﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن‬
‫ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه" رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(16‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ زاوﯾﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪ ‬ﮐﻠﯿﺪﻫﺎی رﻫﺎﺳﺎزی ‪ ‬را ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻫﺎی ﺑﻌﺪی ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ ،‬زﯾﺮا در‬ ‫زاوﯾﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ را روی ﮐﻤﱰ از ‪ 45‬درﺟﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن واﺣﺪ از ﺧﻮدرو ﻧﯿﺰ ﺑﻪ اﯾﻦ ﮐﻠﯿﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﯿﺎز دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪14PR‬‬
 ‫‪ :READ‬اﮐﻨﻮن ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﺑﯿﺸﱰ از ﺳﺎﯾﺮﯾﻦ ﻃﻮل ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن متﺎم ﺷﻮد و ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﴍوع ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر دﯾﺴﮏ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻗﺪری ﻃﻮل ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ دﯾﺴﮏ زﯾﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﯿﺮی ﺑﯿﺸﱰی ﻫﻤﺮاه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر درﺧﺘﯽ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪه ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :USB NO SUPRT‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﭼﻨﺪﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن‬ ‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ آن داده اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (18‬ﺑﺎزدﯾﺪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﭘﺮش دارد‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺑﻪ اول ﯾﺎ آﺧﺮ دﯾﺴﮏ رﺳﯿﺪه‬ ‫ﯾﺎ‬ ‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺮاب ﯾﺎ ﮐﺜﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻧﻮﯾﺴﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺷام منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ را ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺎب ‪ USB‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ اﯾﻦ راه ﺣﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮای اﺻﻼح وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﮐﻤﮏ منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬را ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺎب ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﻪ دﻟﯿﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ CD‬ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺮﯾﺪ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻪ در زﻣﺎن اﯾﺠﺎد ﻣﺸﮑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ را ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه داﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺪت ﺑﯿﺸﱰی ﻃﻮل ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر درﺧﺘﯽ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﺪا ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 320‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻏﯿﺮ از ‪ FAT16‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫‪ FAT32‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪*.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه از ‪ FAT16‬و‪ FAT32‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬اﻣﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬ ‫*‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ از ﻫﻤﻪ اﯾﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ‪ FAT‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﮐﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدی ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫‪ USB‬رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه آن متﺎس ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫منﺎﯾﺶ ﻫﺎ‪/‬ﭘﯿﺎم ﻫﺎی ﺧﻄﺎ‬

‫‪ :ERROR‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ متﯿﺰ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ و ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ؛ ﯾﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﯾﺎ ﺧﺮاب ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دوﺑﺎره دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :HUB NO SUPRT‬ﻫﺎب ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :NO DEV‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ ﯾﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﯾﺎ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :NO MUSIC‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺸﯽ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ را در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ‪ USB‬ﺣﺎوی ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(11‬‬
‫‪ :OVERLOAD‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﭘﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ SRC‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﯾﮕﺮی‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ دارد ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :PUSH EJT‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﺧﺎرج منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪)  ‬ﺧﺮوج( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪13PR‬‬
 ‫در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﺎ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮق ﻧﴩ‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮای ‪ 5‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯽ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ]‪،[DEMO-ON‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ Windows Media‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه ﯾﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ]‪) [DEMO-OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(9‬‬ ‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬در اﯾﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه و ﯾﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﮐﺸﻮرﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ از ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﯾﺎ ﺑﺮ آن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ منﯽ‬ ‫اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﺑﺎ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﺎﻟﮑﯿﺖ اﺧﱰاﻋﺎت ﴍﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﮐﺮوﺳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪون اﺟﺎزه‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺎر ﮐﻨﻨﺪه روی ]‪) [DIM-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (9‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ Microsoft‬ﯾﺎ ﯾﮑﯽ از زﯾﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ ،Microsoft‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ‪ OFF‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﯾﻦ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﯾﺎ ﺗﮑﺜﯿﺮ آن ﺧﺎرج از اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل اﮐﯿﺪا ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬
‫‪ OFF ‬را روی واﺣﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﮐﺜﯿﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(11‬‬
‫ﻓﻦ آوری رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ MPEG Layer-3‬و اﻣﺘﯿﺎزﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد درﺣﺎﻟﯿﮑﻪ واﺣﺪ در ﺣﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻮز از ‪ Fraunhofer IIS‬و ‪.Thomson‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ روی روﺷﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(9‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ‪ Google Inc.‬اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻋﻤﻞ منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺎرج منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ(‪ MODE/‬را ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬ ‫‪ DSPL ‬و‬ ‫رﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺠﺪد ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮاﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه در ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎک ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ در زﯾﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷام ﮐﻤﮏ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﮐﺮد ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺠﺪد ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ واﺣﺪ ﺧﻮد ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ را رﻓﻊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ‪ ،‬روش ﻫﺎی اﺗﺼﺎل و ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ رادﯾﻮ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮐﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ درﺑﺎره ﻓﯿﻮز و ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن واﺣﺪ از داﺷﺒﻮرد‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫"اﺗﺼﺎل‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (14‬رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎرازﯾﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (18‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺷام آﻧنت رادﯾﻮی داﺧﻠﯽ در ﺷﯿﺸﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ‪/‬ﮐﻨﺎری دارد‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﻠﯽ‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ ‪) REM OUT‬آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ ﺧﻂ دار( ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮق ﯾﺪﮐﯽ )ﻗﺮﻣﺰ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻧﯿﺮوی ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه آﻧنت ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﯿﭻ ﻧﯿﺮوﯾﯽ ﺑﺮای واﺣﺪ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ منﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎل آﻧنت ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ آﻧنت ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺑﯿﺮون ﻧﯿﺎﯾﺪ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻧﯿﺮوی آﻧنت را‬ ‫‪ ‬واﺣﺪ را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪاﯾﯽ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ از ﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪن ]‪ [FADER‬ﺑﺮای ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ‪ 2‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺴﯿﺎر ﺿﻌﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﻮق ﺷﻨﯿﺪه منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪RDS‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﯾﮏ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ اﺧﺘﯿﺎری ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﺷام از آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ داﺧﻠﯽ‬
‫‪ [- - - - - - - -] PTY‬را منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده منﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﻮﻧﯽ ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ‪ RDS‬ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬داده ﻫﺎی ‪ RDS‬درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ منﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻧﯿﺮو ﯾﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪه ﯾﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه و زﻣﺎن درﺳﺖ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪CD‬‬ ‫ﻓﯿﻮز ﭘﺮﯾﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ وﺿﻌﯿﺖ اﺣﱰاق ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺻﺪاﯾﯽ اﯾﺠﺎد ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺮاب ﯾﺎ ﮐﺜﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮازم ﯾﺪﮐﯽ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﻧﯿﺮوی ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(10‬‬ ‫ﻧﯿﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ و ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ و ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً از‬
‫ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ دﯾﺪن ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬

‫‪12PR‬‬
 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪CD‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﯾﺰ‪ 95 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﻮد اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ آن درﺳﺖ رﻓﺘﺎر ﻧﺸﻮد‪ .‬از ﺷﺎرژ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ 20,000 – 10 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫دوﺑﺎره‪ ،‬ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﯾﺎ ﻗﺮار دادن در آﺗﺶ ﺑﭙﺮﻫﯿﺰﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺮزش ﮐﻢ و زﯾﺎد‪ :‬ﮐﻤﱰ از ﻣﺤﺪودﯾﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﯿﺮی‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻌﺪاد‪) :‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪(CD-R/CD-RW‬‬ ‫متﯿﺰ ﮐﺮدن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻮﻟﺪرﻫﺎ )آﻟﺒﻮم(‪) 150 :‬ﺑﺎ اﺣﺘﺴﺎب ﻓﻮﻟﺪر رﯾﺸﻪ(‬ ‫واﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ درﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ اﮔﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﯿﻦ واﺣﺪ و ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎ )ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ( و ﻓﻮﻟﺪرﻫﺎ‪) 300 :‬اﺣﺘامﻻ ﮐﻤﱰ از ‪ 300‬اﮔﺮ ﻧﺎم‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ متﯿﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از اﯾﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺣﺮوف زﯾﺎدی داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ(‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (5‬و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺟﺎروب ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ای متﯿﺰ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﯿﺮوی زﯾﺎدی‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺮوف ﻗﺎﺑﻞ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﺮای ﻧﺎم ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‪) 32 :‬ﺟﻮﻟﯿﺖ(‪) 64/‬روﻣﺌﻮ(‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر ﻧﱪﯾﺪ‪ .‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ آﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪ (.mp3) MP3 :‬و‪(.wma) WMA‬‬

‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪USB‬‬

‫راﺑﻂ‪) USB :‬ﭘﺮﴎﻋﺖ(‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺟﺮﯾﺎن‪ 500 :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻮﻟﺪر )آﻟﺒﻮم(‪256 :‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ )ﻗﻄﻌﻪ( در ﻫﺮ ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪256 :‬‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای اﯾﻤﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ از متﯿﺰ ﮐﺮدن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺣﱰاق را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬و ﮐﻠﯿﺪ را‬
‫از ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق ﺧﺎرج منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (.mp3) MP3‬و‪(.wma) WMA‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿام ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺧﻮد ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ وﺳﯿﻠﻪ آﻫﻨﯽ ﳌﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ اﻓﺰاﯾﺶ ﻧﯿﺮو‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ‪ :‬ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‬
‫اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‪ 8 – 4 :‬اﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻗﺪرمتﻨﺪ‪ 55 :‬وات × ‪) 4‬در ‪ 4‬اﻫﻢ(‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻠﯽ‬ ‫‪FM‬‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪ 108.0 – 87.5 :‬ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺻﺪا )ﭘﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻋﯽ(‬ ‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت‪:‬‬
‫آﻧنت ﻧﯿﺮو‪/‬ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﯿﺮوی آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ )‪(REM OUT‬‬ ‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ورودی ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ورودی ﮐﻨﱰل ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از راه دور‬ ‫‪ -1,956.5 :FM CCIR‬ﺗﺎ ‪ -487.3‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت ورودی‬ ‫‪ +500.0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ +2,095.4‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﯿﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ اﺳﱰﯾﻮ(‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪ 7 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻤﺘﻮوات‬
‫درﮔﺎه ‪USB‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﯿﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‪ 75 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ در ‪ 400‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻧﯿﺮو‪ 12 V DC :‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ )ﻣﻨﻔﯽ زﻣﯿﻦ(‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﯾﺰ‪ 73 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی‪ 50 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ در ‪ 1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺪود ‪ 178‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 50‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 177‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ 15,000 – 20 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬ ‫‪MW‬‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﭘﺎﯾﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪ 1,602 – 531 :‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺪود ‪ 182‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 53‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 160‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت‪:‬‬
‫)ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫وزن‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎً ‪ 1.2‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‪26 μV :‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪SW‬‬
‫واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور )‪RM-X211 :(1‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت )‪ 1‬دﺳﺖ(‬
‫‪ 7,735 – 2,940 :SW1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 18,135 – 9,500 :SW2‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺷام ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻟﻮازم ﯾﺪﮐﯽ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ را‬ ‫)ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮای ‪ 11,575 – 10,140‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ از ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﯿﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت دﻗﯿﻖ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت‪:‬‬
‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻃﺮح و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺪون اﻃﻼع ﻗﺒﻠﯽ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2,463.8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ -1,710.1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ و ‪ +1,710.0‬ﺗﺎ ‪+2,418.4‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‪26 μV :‬‬

‫‪11PR‬‬
 ‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ آﻧﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ CD‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﯾﺎ‬
‫‪ MP3‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ،ISO9660 Level 1/Level 2‬ﺟﻮﻟﯿﺖ‪/‬روﻣﺌﻮ‬
‫ﯾﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪MP3/WMA‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮارد اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﯽ‬

‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺷام در ﻧﻮرﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﭘﺎرک ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮده‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ را ﻗﺒﻼ‬
‫‪MP3/WMA‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻟﺪر )آﻟﺒﻮم(‬ ‫ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ آوردﯾﺪ را آﻧﺠﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ‪) MP3/WMA‬ﻗﻄﻌﻪ(‬ ‫رﻫﺎ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻟﯿﻞ دﻣﺎی‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ در ﻧﻮرﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬آﻧنت ﻧﯿﺮو ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻊ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ در داﺧﻞ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﯿﻔﺘﺪ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺧﺎرج ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫و ﺣﺪود ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺧﺸﮏ ﺷﻮد؛ در ﻏﯿﺮ اﯾﻦ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﯽ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷنت ﮐﯿﻔﯿﺖ ﺻﺪای ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﺎ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺎﯾﻊ ﻧﺮﯾﺰﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام ﺳﻮاﻟﯽ ﯾﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ در ﻣﻮرد واﺣﺪ ﺧﻮد دارﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ در اﯾﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ درﺑﺎره دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ‬
‫راﻫﻨام ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮏ ﺗﺮﯾﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬دﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ را در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮارﺗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮای ﻫﻮای ﮔﺮم و ﻫﻤﭽﻨني در ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎرک ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘامل‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری‬ ‫ﻻروﺑﯽ از وﺳﻂ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﺎر ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬از ﻣﺤﻠﻮل‬
‫ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺰﯾﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﯿرن و ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎری در دﺳﱰس اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﴍاﯾﻂ ﻋﺎدی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺣﺪود ‪ 1‬ﺳﺎل ﮐﺎر ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﴍاﯾﻂ‬ ‫‪ ‬اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻋﻤﺮ ﴎوﯾﺲ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﮐﻤﱰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ ﺷﺪه ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺿﻌﯿﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪوده ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﱰ‬ ‫ﻓﴩده )‪ (CD‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارﻧﺪ‪ .‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫دوﺳﻮﯾﻪ و ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺣامﯾﺖ ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ رﻣﺰﮔﺰاری‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬ ‫ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻓﴩده )‪ (CD‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫در ﺻﻮرت ﻗﺮار دادن ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر وﺟﻮد دارد‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی را‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﯾﻦ‪ ،‬اﯾﻦ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﯾﮑﺴﺎن ﯾﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف ‪ +‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ دارای ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮار ﯾﺎ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﭼﺴﺐ دار‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﯾﻦ ﮐﺎر ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻏﯿﺮ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺎره(‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم اﯾﻦ ﮐﺎر ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ درﺑﺎره دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ را ﺧﺎرج از دﺳﱰس ﮐﻮدﮐﺎن ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺑﻠﻌﯿﺪه‬ ‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ دﯾﺴﮏ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ‪ CD-DA‬ﴍوع ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻓﻮرا ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ دﮐﱰ ﻣﺸﻮرت ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ‪ CD-DA‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬و ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﺟﻠﺴﺎت ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ از اﺗﺼﺎل درﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﯿﺖ درﺳﺖ را رﻋﺎﯾﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺑﺎ اﻧﱪک ﻓﻠﺰی ﻧﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪ ،‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﮐﻮﺗﺎه اﯾﺠﺎد‬ ‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﺑﺎ ﮐﯿﻔﯿﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺎﻣﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻧﺎدرﺳﺘﯽ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪10PR‬‬
 ‫‪) AUX-A‬ﺻﺪای ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ )‪(DISPLAY‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ‪ AUX‬را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) .[OFF] ،[ON] :‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫زﻣﺎﻧﯽ در دﺳﺘﺮس اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ داده‬
‫‪) DEMO‬منﺎﯾﺶ(‬ ‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪(.‬‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) CT‬زﻣﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬
‫‪) BLK OUT‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮش(‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ CT‬را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ‬
‫)ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﯾﺎﻓﺖ رادﯾﻮ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ ،CD‬و ﻏﯿﺮه( اﮔﺮ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ‬ ‫‪) BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(6‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ‪ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﯾﻨﮑﻪ دوﺑﺎره ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺎ را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬دﮐﻤﻪ ای را روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا )‪(SOUND‬‬
‫‪DIMMER‬‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬ ‫‪) MEGABASS‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎس(‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﺎس را در ﻫﻤﮕﺎم ﺳﺎزی ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪی ﺻﺪا ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪) SND SYNC‬ﻫﻤﮕﺎم ﺳﺎزی ﺻﺪا(‬
‫]‪.[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫رﻧﮓ را ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﮕﺎم ﺳﺎزی ﺻﺪا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪EQ5 PRESET‬‬
‫‪) AUTO SCR‬ﭘﯿامﯾﺶ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر(‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از ﻣﯿﺎن ‪ 10‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه زﯾﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮارد ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ را ﭘﯿامﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮش را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪) M.DISPLAY‬منﺎﯾﺶ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ(‬ ‫]‪،[DANCE] ،[POP] ،[ROCK] ،[R AND B] ،[OFF‬‬
‫اﻟﮕﻮﻫﺎی ﺣﺮﮐﺘﯽ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬ ‫]‪،[AFRO POP] ،[JAZZ] ،[ELECTRONICA] ،[HIP-HOP‬‬
‫]‪.[CUSTOM] ،[BONGO‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺳﭙﺮده‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪EQ5 SETTING‬‬
‫]‪ [CUSTOM‬را ﺑﺮای ‪ EQ5‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪BASE‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از ﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﭘﺎﯾﻪ ای ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎرﺷﯽ ﺳﺎزی ﺑﯿﺸﱰ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪) [BAND1] :‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ(‪،‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND2‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪-‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ(‪) [BAND3] ،‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‪،‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND4‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪-‬ﺑﺎﻻ(‪) [BAND5] ،‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ‪ 1‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻠﯽ از ‪ -10‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺎ ‪+10‬‬
‫دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪BALANCE‬‬
‫ﺗﻮازن ﺻﺪا را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪– [CENTER] – [RIGHT-15] :‬‬
‫]‪.[LEFT-15‬‬
‫‪FADER‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺴﺒﯽ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪– [CENTER] – [FRONT-15] :‬‬
‫]‪.[REAR-15‬‬
‫‪) SW LEVEL‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ(‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫]‪.[-2 dB] – [0 dB] – [+2 dB‬‬

‫‪) AUX VOL‬ﺳﻄﺢ درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای ‪(AUX‬‬

‫درﺟﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪی ﺻﺪای را ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻤﮑﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫]‪.[-8 dB] – [0 dB] – [+18 dB‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺣﺘﯿﺎج ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪای ﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ را ﻧﻔﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪9PR‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪DEMO‬‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﮑﺮر و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪،‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ‪) ،‬ﺗﮑﺮار( ﯾﺎ ‪ SHUF‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ را ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮردﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﻃﻮل‬
‫‪ MENU 1‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ ،[DISPLAY‬ﮐﻨﱰل‬ ‫ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ در دﺳﱰس ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺻﺪای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت‬
‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [DEMO‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [DEMO-OFF‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎم )™‪(Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ CD‬ﯾﺎ ‪) ،USB‬ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ(* را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ( را دو ﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫)ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ( را ﻣﮑﺮراً‬ ‫وﻗﺘﯽ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ﺑﺎز ﻣﯿﮕﺮدد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( را ﺑﺮای ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬ ‫در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ‪،USB‬‬ ‫*‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿ ًام ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪای ﻟﯿﺴﺖ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺑﺘﺪاﯾﯽ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی دﻟﺨﻮاه را‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ زﯾﺮ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪:‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻠﯽ )‪ ،(GENERAL‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا )‪ ،(SOUND‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ )‪(DISPLAY‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ 2‬را ﺗﮑﺮار ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه را ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ MENU 1‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻟﺨﻮاه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬ ‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ را ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﻓﺮق‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮش از آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ )ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺮش(‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬ ‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ SEEK + 2‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ( ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ آﯾﺘﻢ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎم ‪ 10%‬ﺗﻌﺪاد ﮐﻞ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺮش ﮐﺮده اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ENTER‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻠﯽ )‪(GENERAL‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(5‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ آﯾﺘﻢ دﻟﺨﻮاه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪) CAUT ALM‬ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط(‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) [OFF] ،[ON] :‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(5‬‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫)ﺗﻨﻬﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ در دﺳﺘﺮس اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪(.‬‬

‫‪BEEP‬‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﯿﭗ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪AUTO OFF‬‬
‫وﻗﺘﯽ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ از ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن دﻟﺨﻮاه ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ 30) [30S] ،[NO] :‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ(‪[30M] ،‬‬
‫)‪ 30‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ(‪ 60) [60M] ،‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪8PR‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ داده ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫)‪(RDS‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫‪ 1‬دﯾﺴﮏ را ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ )ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ )‪(PTY‬‬
‫‪ PTY 1‬را درﻃﻮل درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ‪ FM‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه منﺎﯾﺎن‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺮای ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﯽ منﺎﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪) NEWS‬اﺧﺒﺎر(‪) AFFAIRS ،‬اﻣﻮر ﻓﻌﻠﯽ(‪) INFO ،‬اﻃﻼﻋﺎت(‪،‬‬
‫‪) SPORT‬ورزﺷﯽ(‪) EDUCATE ،‬آﻣﻮزﺷﯽ(‪) DRAMA ،‬درام(‪،‬‬
‫‪) CULTURE‬ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﯽ(‪) SCIENCE ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﯽ(‪) VARIED ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﻮع(‪،‬‬
‫‪) POP M‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﭘﺎپ(‪) ROCK M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ راک(‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬ ‫‪ M.O.R.) EASY M‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ(‪) LIGHT M ،‬ﮐﻼﺳﯿﮏ آرام(‪،‬‬
‫از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﻧﻮع ‪) MSC‬ﮐﻼس ذﺧﯿﺮهﺳﺎزی ﺣﺠﯿﻢ( و ‪MTP‬‬ ‫‪) CLASSICS‬ﮐﻼﺳﯿﮏ ﺗﻨﺪ(‪) OTHER M ،‬ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻫﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫)ﭘﺮوﺗﮑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل رﺳﺎﻧﻪ( )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻠﺶ دراﯾﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﯾﺎ ﭘﻠﯿﺮ دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎﻟﯽ‪،‬‬ ‫‪) WEATHER‬وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﻫﻮا(‪) FINANCE ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﯽ(‪CHILDREN ،‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ™‪ (Android‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ USB‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ‬ ‫)ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻮدﮐﺎن(‪) SOCIAL A ،‬اﻣﻮر اﺟﺘامﻋﯽ(‪RELIGION ،‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻣﺬﻫﺒﯽ(‪) PHONE IN ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ(‪) TRAVEL ،‬ﺳﻔﺮ(‪LEISURE ،‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﯾﺎ ﭘﻠﯿﺮ دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎل ﯾﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ ،Android‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫)اوﻗﺎت ﻓﺮاﻏﺖ(‪) JAZZ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﺟﺎز(‪) COUNTRY ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺮ روی ‪ MTP‬ﴐوری اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﯽ(‪) NATION M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ(‪) OLDIES ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻗﺪﯾﻤﯽ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) FOLK M‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻗﻮﻣﯽ(‪) DOCUMENT ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ(‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (18‬ﺑﺎزدﯾﺪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA‬زﯾﺮ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ زﻣﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ )‪(CT‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻓﴩده ﺑﺪون ﮐﴪی‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣامﯾﺖ ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ‬ ‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ‪ CT‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮه ‪ ،RDS‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪) DRM‬ﻣﺪﯾﺮﯾﺖ ﺣﻘﻮق دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎﻟﯽ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ‪-‬ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﯽ‬
‫‪ [CT-ON] 1‬را در ]‪ [GENERAL‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(9‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺑﻪ درﮔﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(6‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ در ﺣﺎل ﺣﺎﴐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ‪SRC ،‬‬
‫را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [USB‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا را روی اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪ OFF‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﺮای ‪ 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪7PR‬‬
 ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫‪ 1‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای واﺣﺪ را ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬ ‫‪ 2‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‪ SRC ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [TUNER‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر )‪(BTM‬‬

‫‪ MODE 1‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )‪،MW ،FM3 ،FM2 ،FM1‬‬
‫‪ SW1‬ﯾﺎ ‪ (SW2‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MENU 2‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪،[GENERAL‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [BTM‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺎﯾﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺮ روی دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷامره‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای واﺣﺪ را ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻓﯿﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‬ ‫ورودی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﯿﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ اﺳﱰﯾﻮ( روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه )اراﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(* ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MODE 1‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )‪،MW ،FM3 ،FM2 ،FM1‬‬ ‫* اﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ از دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ SW1‬ﯾﺎ ‪ (SW2‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ دﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫‪ SEEK +/−‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﯽ را ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ SEEK +/−‬را ﻣﮑﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﻗﯿﻘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫دﻟﺨﻮاه ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر‬
‫‪ SEEK +/−‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺘﯽ واﺣﺪ ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﯿﺎﺑﺪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ ،[AUX‬روی ‪ SRC‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه دﺳﺘﯽ‬ ‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫‪ 1‬درﺣﺎﻟﯿﮑﻪ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ را ﺑﺮای ذﺧﯿﺮه درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ را ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪای ﻣﯿﺎﻧﮕﯿﻦ ﴍوع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬و درﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺮ روی واﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ (6‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‬
‫‪ MENU‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ]‪ [AUX VOL]  [SOUND‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﺗﺎ ]‪ [MEM‬منﺎﯾﺎن ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(9‬‬

‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه‬

‫‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﯾﮏ دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ (6‬را‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪6PR‬‬
 ‫ﮐﻨﱰل راه دور ‪RM-X211‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﴍوع ﮐﺎر‬

‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬

‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﴎﻗﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ OFF ‬را ﺗﺎ وﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ دﮐﻤﻪ رﻫﺎ ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ‪ ‬را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﭘﺎﻧﻞ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن ﺑﮑﺸﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق را ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ‪ OFF‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪا درﻣﯽ آﯾﺪ‪ .‬اﯾﻦ ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪا درﻣﯽ آﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ داﺧﻠﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) VOL‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا( ‪ +‬ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﳌﺴﯽ دارد‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫‪) ATT ‬ﺗﻀﻌﯿﻒ(‬
‫ﺻﺪا را ﺿﻌﯿﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺗﻀﻌﯿﻒ ﺻﺪا‪ ،‬دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SOUND ‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿ ًام ﻣﻨﻮی ‪ SOUND‬را ﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪/// ‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ و ﻏﯿﺮه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫وارد آﯾﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪) /‬ﻗﺒﻞ‪/‬ﺑﻌﺪ(‬
‫‪ MENU 1‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪،[GENERAL‬‬ ‫–‪) +/‬آﻟﺒﻮم –‪(+/‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪) VOL ‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا( –‪+/‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [CLOCK-ADJ‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻮار روﮐﺶ را ﺑﺮدارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و دﻗﯿﻘﻪ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ رﻗﻤﯽ‪ SEEK +/− ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻗﯿﻘﻪ‪ MENU ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای منﺎﯾﺶ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪ DSPL‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪5PR‬‬
 ‫راﻫﻨامی ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ‬
‫واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫)ﻋﻘﺐ(‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ رﻫﺎ ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺑﺮﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪) SRC ‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ(‬
‫‪) MODE‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(6‬‬ ‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﮔﯿﺮﻧﺪه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) PTY ‬ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ(‬ ‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪ PTY‬را در ‪ RDS‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﺮدن ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ‪ 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻋﺪدی )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪(6‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮ ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ‬
‫‪ALBUM /‬‬ ‫منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮش از ﯾﮏ آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﺮای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﺪا‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ از‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﺮش ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺗﮑﺮار(‬
‫‪PUSH ENTER‬‬
‫‪) SHUF‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮط(‬
‫وارد آﯾﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MEGA BASS ‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ را ﺑﺎز ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﺮدن ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ ،MEGA BASS‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺟﺎی دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫‪) DSPL ‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ(‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﻮارد ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬ ‫‪SEEK +/– ‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﯾﮏ آﯾﺘﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺑﭙﯿامﯾﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮ ﺑﻄﻮرﺧﻮدﮐﺎر‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﺳﺘﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪AUX‬‬
‫‪) /‬ﻗﺒﻞ‪/‬ﺑﻌﺪ(‬
‫‪ ‬درﮔﺎه ‪USB‬‬ ‫‪) /‬ﴎﯾﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‪/‬ﴎﯾﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ(‬
‫‪)  ‬ﺑﯿﺮون آوردن دﯾﺴﮏ(‬
‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(8‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫درﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ وارد ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪4PR‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫راﻫﻨامی ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ ‪4 ................................................................‬‬

‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﴍوع ﮐﺎر‬

‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‪5 .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪5 ......................................................................................‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪6 ..................................................................... USB‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺎﯾﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ‪6 ..........................................‬‬

‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬

‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‪6 .............................................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ داده ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮﯾﯽ )‪7 ..................................... (RDS‬‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﯾﺴﮏ‪7 .......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪7 ............................................................................ USB‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‪8 ......................................................................‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪8 .............................................................................DEMO‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺑﺘﺪاﯾﯽ‪8 .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻠﯽ )‪8 .................................................................. (GENERAL‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا )‪9 ...................................................................... (SOUND‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ )‪9 ...................................................... (DISPLAY‬‬

‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﻣﻮارد اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﯽ‪10 ..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری ‪10 ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﯽ‪11 ...................................................................................‬‬
‫رﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ‪12 ........................................................................................‬‬

‫اﺗﺼﺎل‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‪14 ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ ‪14 .................................................................‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ‪15 ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ‪16 ................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪3PR‬‬
 ‫برای حفظ ایمنی‪ ،‬حت ًام این واحد را در داشبورد خودرو نصب کنید‪،‬‬
‫زیرا قسمت عقب واحد در طول استفاده گرم می شود‪.‬‬
‫برای کسب اطالعات بیشرت‪ ،‬به "اتصال‪/‬نصب" (صفحه ‪ )14‬رجوع‬
‫کنید‪.‬‬

‫ویژگی های دیود لیزر‬

‫‪ ‬مدت انتشار‪ :‬پیوسته‬
‫‪ ‬خروجی لیزر‪ :‬کمرت از ‪ 53.3‬میکرو وات‬
‫(این خروجی‪ ،‬مقدار اندازه گیری شده در فاصله ‪ 200‬میلی مرتی از‬
‫سطح لنز شیئی روی بلوک پیک آپ نوری با روزنه ‪ 7‬میلی مرتی است‪).‬‬
‫پالک اسم که ولتاژ کارکرد و غیره را نشان می دهد در پایین شاسی قرار‬
‫گرفته است‪.‬‬
‫نکات در مورد باتری لیتیومی‬
‫باتری را در معرض گرمای شدید مانند نور مستقیم خورشید‪ ،‬آتش یا‬
‫مانند آن قرار ندهید‪.‬‬

‫اخطار اگر احرتاق ماشین شام موقعیت ‪ ACC‬ندارد‬

‫حت ًام عملکرد ‪ AUTO OFF‬را تنظیم کنید (صفحه ‪ .)8‬پس از اینکه‬
‫واحد خاموش شد‪ ،‬این واحد کامال و بطور اتوماتیک در زمان مقرر‬
‫قطع می شود که از تحلیل باطری جلوگیری می کند‪ .‬اگر عملکرد‬
‫‪ AUTO OFF‬را تنظیم نکنید‪ OFF ،‬را فشار داده و نگه دارید تا‬
‫اینکه صفحه منایش محو شود هر بار که احرتاق را خاموش می کنید‪.‬‬

‫ترک دعوی رسویس های ارائه شده توسط شخص ثالث‬

‫رسویس های ارائه شده توسط شخص ثالث ممکن است بدون اطالع‬
‫قبلی تغییر‪ ،‬معوق یا خامته یابند‪ Sony .‬هیچ گونه مسئولیتی در‬
‫اینگونه موارد بر عهده منی گیرد‪.‬‬

‫‪2PR‬‬
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/

18AR
 ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﱰﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈرﻓﺎق ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﺨﻠﻞ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﺴﺎﻣري اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﱰﻛﻴﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ وﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ »ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(5‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻮز )‪ 10‬أﻣﺒري(‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻌﺪل‬
‫اﻷﻣﺒريﻳﺔ اﳌﺬﻛﻮر ﻋﲆ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز اﻷﺻﲇ‪ .‬إذا اﻧﻔﺠﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮز‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ واﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪.‬‬
‫إذا اﻧﻔﺠﺮ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﻨﺎك ﺧﻠﻞ داﺧﲇ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﴩ وﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ‪ Sony‬اﻷﻗﺮب إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﳌﺰﻻﺟﺎت ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ أو ﻣﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺎن وﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺮج ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺸﻴﻖ اﳌﺰﻻﺟﺎت اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﺎد ًرا ﻋﲆ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻃﺮازات اﻟﺴﻴﺎرات‬
‫اﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﴩ وﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ‪.Sony‬‬
‫‪TOYOTA‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪/‬وﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬

‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬
‫اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة واﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‬

‫‪NISSAN‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪/‬وﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬

‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬
‫اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة واﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‬

‫‪17AR‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ أوﻻً ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷﺳﻮد اﻷرﴈ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﻠيك اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ واﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﺻﻔﺮ واﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬أزل ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ‬واﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪ +12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ اﻷوﻗﺎت‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أوﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷرﴈ اﻷﺳﻮد ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻼ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪ +12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﺮك ﻋﲆ وﺿﻊ اﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد وﺿﻊ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪+12‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ( اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ اﻷوﻗﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أوﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷرﴈ اﻷﺳﻮد ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ أو ﺳﻠﻚ اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﳌﻌﺰز اﻟﻬﻮايئ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﴬوري ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻫﻮايئ آﱄ‬
‫أو ﻣﻌﺰز ﻫﻮايئ أو ﻫﻮايئ ﺗﻠﺴﻜﻮيب ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟـ ‪ AMP REMOTE IN‬ﳌﻀﺨﻢ ﻗﺪرة اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫‪ 2‬أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮا ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬام‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨامت وﻫﻮايئ آﱄ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﻳﴬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫واﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻟﻔﺼﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫أي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺴﻬﻞ‬

‫ميﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺑﺪون ﻣﻜﱪ ﺻﻮت ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻋﻨﺪ اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻜﱪ ﺻﻮت ﺧﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳامﻋﺔ أﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺨﻄﺎف ﻟﻠﺪاﺧﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﻛﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ اﳌﺰﻻﺟﺎت اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﲆ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت مبﻌﻮق ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬إﱃ ‪ 8‬أوم وﻣﺰود ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬مبﻘﺪار ‪ 2‬ﻣﻢ ﻟﻠﺪاﺧﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫»ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(17‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﺎﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ اﳌﺸﺎﺑﻚ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ دامئًﺎ إرﻓﺎق اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺪاﺋﺮة‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ متﺎ ًﻣﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﺮك‪.‬‬
‫‪ 182‬ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ 53‬ﻣﻢ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺳامﻋﺎت مبﻌﺎوﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬إﱃ ‪ 8‬أوم وﻣﺰودة ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﳌﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬

‫اﳌﺰﻻج‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪16AR‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫*‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫*‪3‬‬

‫*‪3‬‬

‫*‪1‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫أﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬ ‫*‪2*1‬‬‫اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫رﻣﺎدي‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫أﺧﴬ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺧﴬ‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫*‪2*1‬‬ ‫اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫أرﺟﻮاين‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷرﺟﻮاين‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫أﺳﻮد‬
‫أﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫أﺣﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫»اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(16‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷزرق‪/‬اﻷﺑﻴﺾ )‪(MAX 0.4A‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫)ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ(*‪4‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮايئ ﺳﻴﺎرة‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ‬

‫*‪ 2‬ﻣﻌﺎوﻗﺔ اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‪ 8 – 4 :‬أوم × ‪4‬‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺮف ‪) RCA‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم(‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺤﻮل ﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪15AR‬‬
 ‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻼزم ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻷرﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪×2‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ اﺣﺘﺠﺎز اﻷﺳﻼك أﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﺴامر‪ ،‬أو ﺣﴩﻫﺎ ﰲ اﻷﺟﺰاء‬
‫اﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ )ﻋﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ﻛﺮﳼ(‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮك اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺪواﺋﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺼرية‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠيك اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻷﺻﻔﺮ واﻷﺣﻤﺮ إﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺰل أﻳﺔ أﺳﻼك ﻃﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﴩﻳﻂ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ ﻟﻸﻣﺎن‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ 8 × 5‬ﻣﻢ ﺑﺤﺪ أﻗﴡ‬
‫‪ ‬اﺧﱰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺤﺮص ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ اﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻸﺗﺮﺑﺔ أو اﻷوﺳﺎخ‬
‫‪×4‬‬ ‫أو اﻻﻫﺘﺰاز اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ أو درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫أو ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ أﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻷﻛرث ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻘﻂ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ اﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ آﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺣﻮل ﺳﻠﻚ اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )اﻷﺻﻔﺮ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﻣﻌﺪل اﻷﻣﺒريﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة اﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن أﻋﲆ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﻣﻌﺪل‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺬه اﻷﺟﺰاء ﻻ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‪.‬‬ ‫أﻣﺒريﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻮز ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﻮن‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ إرﻓﺎق اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬وﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ‬ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ زاوﻳﺔ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ .‬ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ »إزاﻟﺔ ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ واﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ«‬ ‫اﺿﺒﻂ زاوﻳﺔ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﲆ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 45‬درﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(16‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ مبﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﲇ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﴐورﻳﺔ ً‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ إذا‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬

‫‪14AR‬‬
 ‫‪ :READ‬ﺗﺘﻢ اﻵن ﻗﺮاءة اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ﻏريﻫﺎ ﻟيك ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع‬
‫‪ ‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﺤني إمتﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺮاءة وﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﻫﺬا ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ أﻃﻮل ﻟﺒﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺒﻨﻴﺔ )ﻫﻴﻜﻞ( ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ :USB NO SUPRT‬ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﳌﺮاﺣﻞ اﳌﺘﻌﺪدة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة‬ ‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﺎت ﻟﻠﺼﻮت‪.‬‬‫ﺗﺤﺪث ّ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺗﻢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﱃ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ أو ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻋﺮض رﻣﺰ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت ﻋﱪ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬

‫ﻻ ميﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﱪ وﺻﻠﺔ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا مل ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﻠﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﺤﺴني اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة وﻛﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أن مت ّﻴﺰ وﺣﺪات ‪ USB‬ﻋﱪ وﺻﻠﺔ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ‪ Sony‬اﻷﻗﺮب إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫إذا أﺧﺬت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻹﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﰲ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪CD‬‬ ‫وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ ﻃﻮﻳ ًﻼ ﻟيك ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺣﴬ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺪأت اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ذات ﺑﻨﻴﺔ )ﻫﻴﻜﻞ( ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺼﻮت أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻘﻄ ًﻌﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪّل ِﺑﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 320‬ك‬
‫ب‪/‬ث‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﻠﻒ اﻟﺼﻮيت ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﻊ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت أﺧﺮى ﻏري ‪ FAT16‬أو ‪FAT32‬‬
‫ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪*.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ‪ FAT16‬و‪ ،FAT32‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ أﺟﻬﺰة‬ ‫*‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ‪ FAT‬ﻫﺬه‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴامت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬أو اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﴩﻛﺔ اﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺮض اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪/‬اﻹﺧﻄﺎرات‬
‫‪ :ERROR‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أو وﺣﺪة ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻈﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أو ِ‬
‫أدﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ أو ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻏري ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ أو ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ :HUB NO SUPRT‬وﺻﻼت ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :NO DEV‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ أو ﻣﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﺣﻜﺎم ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬أو ﻛﺒﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ :NO MUSIC‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أدﺧﻞ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أو ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(11‬‬
‫‪ :OVERLOAD‬ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﺤ ّﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ زاﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪر آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :PUSH EJT‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ إﺧﺮاج اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) ‬اﻹﺧﺮاج(‪.‬‬

‫‪13AR‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ أو اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ ‬إذا اﻧﻘﻀﺖ ‪ 5‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ دون ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮن‬
‫]‪ [DEMO-ON‬ﻣﻔ ّﻌ ًﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Windows Media‬إﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ أو ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد ]‪) [DEMO-OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(9‬‬ ‫ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﰲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﳌﺘﺤﺪة و‪/‬أو دول‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ‪/‬ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺨ ّﻔﺖ ُﻣﻌ ّﺪ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ]‪) [DIM-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(9‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬا ا ُﳌﻨﺘَﺞ ﻣﺤﻤﻲ مبﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﳌﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إذا ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑﻘﻴﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪ .Microsoft Corporation‬اﺳﺘﻌامل أو ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎرج ﻧﻄﺎق ﻫﺬا ا ُﳌﻨﺘَﺞ ﻣﺤﻈﻮر إﻻ ﺑﱰﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬أو‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﴍﻛﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬وﺣﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(11‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاءات اﻻﺧﱰاع وﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻔري ﺻﻮت ‪ MPEG Layer-3‬ﻣﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض )ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Fraunhofer IIS‬و‪.Thomson‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﲆ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(9‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪.Google Inc.‬‬
‫أزرار اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺧﺮاج اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ DSPL‬و )اﻟﻌﻮدة(‪ MODE/‬ﳌﺪة ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني ﻹﻋﺎدة‬ ‫ﺗﺤ ّﺮي اﻟﺨﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫إﻋﺪاد )إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ( اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ ﰲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﳌﺮاﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪك ﰲ ﺣﻞ اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮاﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﻴام ﻳﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ إﱃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ إﻋﺎدة اﻹﻋﺪاد أﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎدﺗﻚ‬ ‫وﺣﺪﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﳌﺮاﺟﻌﺔ أدﻧﺎه‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ ﺧﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ واﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻔﻴﻮز وﻧﺰع اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ اﻹذاﻋﻲ‬ ‫»اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(14‬‬
‫إذا مل ُﺗ َﺤﻞ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺗﺤﺠﺐ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎم‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻣﺠﻬّﺰة ﺑﻬﻮايئ ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪/‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ إﱃ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪) REM OUT‬ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻧني اﻷزرق‪/‬‬ ‫‪ ‬إذا ﺗﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة واﺧﺘﻔﺖ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻷﺑﻴﺾ( أو ﺳﻠﻚ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜامﻟﻴﺎت )أﺣﻤﺮ( ﺑﻄﺮف‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص مبﻌﺰّز ﻫﻮايئ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻮايئ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﺗﻌ ّﺬر ﻣ ّﺪ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ اﳌﻀﺎﺋﻞ ]‪ [FADER‬ﻏري ﻣﻀﺒﻮط ﻟﻨﻈﺎم ذي ﺳامﻋﺘَﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒري‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻏري ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إﺷﺎرة اﻟﺒﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪًا‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت ﻧﻐامت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺨّ ﻢ ﻗﺪرة اﺧﺘﻴﺎري وأﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﳌﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪RDS‬‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ PTY‬ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ]‪.[- - - - - - - -‬‬ ‫امنﺴﺤﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ‪.RDS‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة )اﻟﺘﻴﺎر( اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أو مل ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫‪ ‬مل ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪.RDS‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬام ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺤﻄﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺪّد ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ واﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﱰق اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺪر ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ وﺿﻊ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻼك ﻏري ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻜامﻟﻴﺎت ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺼﻮيت )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(10‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪.MP3/WMA‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ وﻧﺴﺨﺔ إﺻﺪار ‪.MP3/WMA‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت واﻟﺼﻴﻎ اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬

‫‪12AR‬‬
 ‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼت ‪CD‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪ 95 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬ ‫ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أن ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ إذا أﳼء اﺳﺘﻌامﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ إﱃ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ أو‬
‫اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﱰددات‪ 20,000 – 10 :‬ﻫـ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻜﻬﺎ أو إﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﰲ اﻟﻨﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎوت اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت واﻟﺨﻔﻘﺎن‪ :‬أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﺬي ميﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻠﻌﺪد‪ CD-R/CD-RW) :‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳌﻮﺻّ ﻼت‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪرات )اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت(‪) 150 :‬مبﺎ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪر اﻟﺠﺬري(‬ ‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﺑني اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪة أﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﻠﻔﺎت )اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت( واﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪرات‪) 300 :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 300‬إذا ﻛﺎن‬ ‫واﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻏري ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﳌﻨﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(5‬‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬اﳌﻠﻒ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻋﺪد ﻛﺒري ﻣﻦ رﻣﻮز )ﺣﺮوف( اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ(‬ ‫ّ‬
‫‪ ‬رﻣﻮز )ﺣﺮوف وأرﻗﺎم وﻋﻼﻣﺎت( اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﻢ اﳌﺠﻠﺪ‪/‬‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﻮة زاﺋﺪة‪ .‬وإﻻ‬
‫وﻧﻈﻒ ّ‬
‫اﳌﻠﻒ‪) 32 :‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﻴﺖ(‪) 64/‬روﻣﻴﻮ(‬ ‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ّ‬
‫وﻓﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري اﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮة‪ (.mp3) MP3 :‬و‪(.wma) WMA‬‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻎ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري ّ‬

‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼت ‪USB‬‬

‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‪) USB :‬ﴎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر‪ 500 :‬ﻣﲇ أﻣﺒري‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ متﻴﻴﺰﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺠﻠﺪات )اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت(‪256 :‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﻠﻔﺎت )اﳌﺴﺎرات( ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪256 :‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬أو ِﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت‪ ،‬واﻧﺰع‬
‫ﺻﻴﻎ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري ّ‬
‫وﻓﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري اﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮة‪:‬‬ ‫اﳌﻔﺘﺎح ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك‪.‬‬
‫‪ (.mp3) MP3‬و‪(.wma) WMA‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت أﺑﺪًا ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ أو ﺑﺄي ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﻌﺪين‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺴﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﻘﺪرة‬
‫اﻟﺨﺮج‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺎرج اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‬ ‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎوﻗﺔ اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‪ 8 – 4 :‬أوم‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﺨﺮج اﻟﻘﺪرة‪ 55 :‬وات × ‪) 4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 4‬أوم(‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻮاﻟﻒ اﻟﺒﺚ‬
‫‪FM‬‬
‫ﻋﺎم‬ ‫ﻧﻄﺎق اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‪ 108.0 – 87.5 :‬م ﻫـ‬
‫اﳌﺨﺎرج‪:‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﻣﺨﺎرج اﻟﺼﻮت )ﺧﻠﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻋﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻮايئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬‫ّ‬
‫ﻃﺮف اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ‪/‬ﻣﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﻟﻘﺪرة )‪(REM OUT‬‬
‫اﻟﱰدد اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫اﳌﺪاﺧﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1,956.5 :FM CCIR‬إﱃ ‪ -487.3‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻃﺮف دﺧﻞ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫و‪ +500.0‬إﱃ ‪ +2,095.4‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻃﺮف دﺧﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌامل‪ 7 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ق‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ ‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ(‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪ 75 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 400‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪ 73 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ‪ 12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ 50 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)أرﴈ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ(‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﱰددات‪ 15,000 – 20 :‬ﻫـ‬
‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪MW‬‬
‫ﺣﻮاﱃ ‪ 178‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 50‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 177‬ﻣﻢ )ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ‪ 1,602 – 531 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻮاﱃ ‪ 182‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 53‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 160‬ﻣﻢ )ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻮايئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﱄ ‪ 1.2‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‪:‬‬
‫‪SW‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ‪:‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ )‪RM-X211 :(1‬‬ ‫‪ 7,735 – 2,940 :SW1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫أﺟﺰاء ﻟﻠﱰﻛﻴﺐ واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت )‪ 1‬ﻃﻘﻢ(‬ ‫‪ 18,135 – 9,500 :SW2‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪ 11,575 – 10,140‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺎت اﳌﺪرﺟﺔ أﻋﻼه‪ .‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ‬ ‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺆال اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻮايئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ واﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴري دون إﺷﻌﺎر‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﱰدد اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2,463.8‬إﱃ ‪ -1,710.1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ و‪ +1,710.0‬إﱃ ‪+2,418.4‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬

‫‪11AR‬‬
 ‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪ ‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻏري ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫‪ CD‬اﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ أو ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ‪ MP3‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﻳري ‪ISO9660‬‬
‫اﳌﺴﺘﻮى ‪/1‬اﳌﺴﺘﻮى ‪ ٬2‬أو ﺟﻮﻟﻴﻴﺖ‪/‬روﻣﻴﻮ أو اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﺮاﺣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﳌﻠﻔﺎت ‪MP3/WMA‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﺗﺮك اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻟﺘﱪد ﻣﺴﺒ ًﻘﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻠﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮء‬
‫اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪MP3/WMA‬‬ ‫اﳌﺠﻠﺪ )اﻷﻟﺒﻮم(‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ أو اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺣﻀﺎرﻫﺎ إﱃ‬
‫داﺧﻞ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة أن ُﺗﱰَك ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪ ،‬وإﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺴ ّﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ‪) MP3/WMA‬ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﻔﻌﻞ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣ ّﺪ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜ ّﺜﻒ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫إذا ﺣﺪث ﺗﻜ ّﺜﻒ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺰع اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﳌﺪة‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ًﺒﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺠﻒ؛ وإﻻ ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻮدة ﺻﻮت ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪع اﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أو اﻷﻗﺮاص‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ أي أﺳﺌﻠﺔ أو واﺟﻬﺘﻚ أي ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺗﻚ ومل‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻌ ّﺮض اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻟﻀﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ أو ﳌﺼﺎدر اﻟﺤﺮارة ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة وﻛﻴﻞ ‪ Sony‬اﻷﻗﺮب إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺮ اﻟﻬﻮاء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﱰﻛﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪ ،‬اﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗامش ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺎد ًﺋﺎ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺮﻛﺰ وﻣﺘﺠﻬًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻮاف‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺎت ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ أو‬
‫اﻟﺘرن أو اﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﰲ اﻷﺳﻮاق‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫وﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻈﺮوف اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻋﺎم واﺣﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ًﺒﺎ‪) .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺪة اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ أﻗﴫ‪ ،‬وﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻈﺮوف اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪(.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ اﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﳌﻌﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺪى وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺼ ًريا‪.‬‬ ‫اﳌﺪﻣﺠﺔ )‪ .(CD‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺰدوﺟﺔ وﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ اﳌﺸ ّﻔﺮة ‪ (CD).‬ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت ﺣامﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮق‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﴍوط اﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﳌﻌﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺪﻣﺠﺔ )‪،(CD‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺨﻄﺮ اﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎر إذا ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﺬا ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻨﻮع أو ﻧﻮع ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ‪ +‬ﻷﻋﲆ‬ ‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺜ ّﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت أو ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎت أو أﴍﻃﺔ ﻻﺻﻘﺔ أو‬
‫ورق‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ميﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﺴ ّﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ أو ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ذات اﻷﺷﻜﺎل ﻏري اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ )ﻣﺜ ًﻼ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻠﺐ أو ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫أو ﻧﺠﻤﺔ(‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم مبﺜﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ميﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ 8‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم‬ ‫‪ ‬إذا ﺑﺪأت أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ مبﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪ ،CD-DA‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫‪ ‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم ﺑﻌﻴﺪًا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ .‬إذا ﺗﻢ اﺑﺘﻼع اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫متﻴﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻋﲆ أﻧﻬﺎ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ ،CD-DA‬وﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت‬
‫ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻔﻮر‪.‬‬ ‫اﳌﺮاﺣﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗامش ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮدة اﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻘ ّﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ مبﺴﺘﻮى ﺟﻮدة ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪ ‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ متﺴﻚ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ مبﻠﻘﺎط ﻣﻌﺪين‪ ،‬وإﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث متﺎس ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻏري‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪ ‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬اﳌﺨﺘﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪10AR‬‬
 ‫‪) AUX-A‬ﺻﻮت ‪(AUX‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪(DISPLAY‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻋﺮض اﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ‪ AUX‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪،[ON] :‬‬
‫]‪) .[OFF‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر وﻋﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫‪) DEMO‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬ ‫‪) CT‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :CT‬‬
‫‪) BLK OUT‬اﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎم(‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻒ اﻹﺿﺎءة ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ ﻷي ﻣﺼﺪر )ﻣﺜ ًﻼ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ اﻹذاﻋﻲ‪/‬‬ ‫‪) BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(6‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺮص ‪ ،CD‬إﻟﺦ( إذا اﻧﻘﻀﺖ ‪ 5‬ﺛﻮان دون ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻹﺿﺎءة‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ أي زر ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أو وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت )‪(SOUND‬‬
‫‪DIMMER‬‬
‫‪) MEGABASS‬اﻟﺠﻬري اﻟﺼﺎﺧﺐ(‬
‫ﻳﻐري ﺳﻄﻮع اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺰز ﺻﻮت اﻟﺠﻬري أﺛﻨﺎء اﳌﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) SND SYNC‬ﻣﺰاﻣﻨﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت(‬
‫‪EQ5 PRESET‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر اﻟﻠﻮن ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰاﻣﻨﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬ ‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر واﺣﺪًا ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ أو وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف‪:‬‬
‫‪) AUTO SCR‬اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ(‬ ‫]‪،[DANCE] ،[POP] ،[ROCK] ،[R AND B] ،[OFF‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬ ‫]‪،[AFRO POP] ،[JAZZ] ،[ELECTRONICA] ،[HIP-HOP‬‬
‫]‪.[CUSTOM] ،[BONGO‬‬
‫‪) M.DISPLAY‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ(‬ ‫ميﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ إﻋﺪاد ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﰲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮض اﻷمنﺎط اﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪EQ5 SETTING‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد اﳌﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﳌﺨﺼﻮص ]‪ [CUSTOM‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫‪.EQ5‬‬
‫‪BASE‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪد ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ ُﻣﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺒ ًﻘﺎ ﻛﺄﺳﺎس ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ اﻹﺿﺎﰲ‪:‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND1‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‪) [BAND2] ،‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ اﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎض(‪،‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND3‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‪) [BAND4] ،‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع(‪،‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND5‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت مبﺮاﺣﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،1 dB‬ﻣﻦ ‪ -10 dB‬إﱃ‬
‫‪.+10 dB‬‬
‫‪) BALANCE‬اﻟﺘﻮازن(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮازن اﻟﺼﻮت‪– [CENTER] – [RIGHT-15] :‬‬
‫]‪.[LEFT-15‬‬
‫‪) FADER‬اﳌﻀﺎﺋﻞ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ اﳌﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ‪– [CENTER] – [FRONT-15] :‬‬
‫]‪.[REAR-15‬‬
‫‪) SW LEVEL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت‪:‬‬
‫]‪.[-2 dB] – [0 dB] – [+2 dB‬‬
‫‪) AUX VOL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫]‪.[-8 dB] – [0 dB] – [+18 dB‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻳﻠﻐﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑني اﳌﺼﺎدر‪.‬‬

‫‪9AR‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت واﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ‪DEMO‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻐري‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺘﻜﺮر واﻻﺳﺘامع ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‬ ‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ )ﺗﻜﺮار( أو ‪ SHUF‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‬
‫وﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﰲ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺨﺘﺎر أن ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪،[DISPLAY‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﻳﺒﺪأ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ أوﺿﺎع اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ]‪ ،[DEMO‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[DEMO-OFF‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ اﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬ ‫)™‪(Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة( ﻣﺮﺗني‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﱃ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ‪/‬اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ CD‬أو ‪ ،USB‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ(* ﻟﻌﺮض ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﻓﺌﺎت اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻷﺳﺎﳼ‬ ‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪ ،USB‬اﺿﻐﻂ )اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ( ﳌﺪة ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫*‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ اﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻓﺌﺎت اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة ﻣﺒﺎﴍة إﱃ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ اﻟﻔﺌﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم )‪ ،(GENERAL‬إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت )‪ ،(SOUND‬إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)‪(DISPLAY‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.MENU‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻛ ّﺮر اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪ 2‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻓﺌﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ إﻋﺪادﻫﺎ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪر واﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء وﺿﻊ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎء اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﱃ اﳌﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة(‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد )وﺿﻊ اﻟﻘﻔﺰ(‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم )‪(GENERAL‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.SEEK +‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(5‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ ﺑﺨﻄﻮات ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 10%‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻜﲇ‬
‫‪) CAUT ALM‬ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ(‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪) [OFF] ،[ON] :‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(5‬‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر وﻋﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪(.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ENTER‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﳌﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ اﻟﴪﻳﻊ‬
‫‪.Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫‪BEEP‬‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺻﻮت ﻧﻐامت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪ 5‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪AUTO OFF‬‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗِﻒ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪة زﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪:‬‬
‫]‪ 30) [30S] ،[NO‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ 30) [30M] ،‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪60) [60M] ،‬‬
‫دﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪8AR‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ )‪(RDS‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﻧﻮاع اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ )‪(PTY‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ PTY‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ‪.FM‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أدﺧﻞ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ )اﻟﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﺬي ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﲆ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﺚ ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫أﻧﻮاع اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ‬
‫‪) NEWS‬أﺧﺒﺎر(‪) AFFAIRS ٬‬اأﺣﺪاث راﻫﻨﺔ(‪) INFO ٬‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت(‪٬‬‬
‫‪) SPORT‬رﻳﺎﺿﺔ(‪) EDUCATE ٬‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ(‪) DRAMA ٬‬دراﻣﺎ(‪٬‬‬
‫‪) CULTURE‬ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ(‪) SCIENCE ٬‬ﻋﻠﻮم(‪) VARIED ٬‬ﻣﻨﻮﻋﺎت(‪٬‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪) POP M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺒﻮب(‪) ROCK M ٬‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺮوك(‪٬‬‬
‫‪) EASY M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻫﺎدﺋﺔ ‪) LIGHT M ٬(M.O.R‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ(‪) CLASSICS ٬‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺟﺎدة(‪OTHER M ٬‬‬
‫)أمنﺎط ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯩﺔ أﺧﺮى(‪) WEATHER ٬‬اﻷﺣﻮال اﻟﺠﻮﻳﺔ(‪FINANCE ٬‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬ ‫)ﻣﺎل(‪) CHILDREN ٬‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ أﻃﻔﺎل(‪) SOCIAL A ٬‬ﺷﺌﻮن اﺟﺘامﻋﻴﺔ(‪٬‬‬
‫‪) RELIGION‬دﻳﻦ(‪) PHONE IN ٬‬ﻣﺪاﺧﻼت ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ(‪TRAVEL ٬‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ USB‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪) MSC‬ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺠامﻋﻲ( و‬ ‫)ﺳﻔﺮ(‪) LEISURE ٬‬ﺗﺮوﻳﺢ(‪) JAZZ ٬‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺠﺎز(‪COUNTRY ٬‬‬
‫‪) MTP‬ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ( )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ ﻓﻼش ‪ ،USB‬ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫)ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ رﻳﻔﻴﺔ(‪) NATION M ٬‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ وﻃﻨﻴﺔ(‪٬‬‬
‫رﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ™‪ (Android‬اﳌﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ‪.USB‬‬ ‫‪) OLDIES‬أﻟﺤﺎن ﻗﺪميﺔ(‪) FOLK M ٬‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺷﻌﺒﻴﺔ(‪٬‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻄ ّﻠﺐ اﻷﻣﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻋﲆ ‪ MTP‬وذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﳌﺸ ّﻐﻞ‬ ‫‪) DOCUMENT‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ وﺛﺎﺋﻘﻴﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ أو ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪.Android‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )‪(CT‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﺘامع ﳌﻠﻔﺎت ‪ MP3/WMA‬اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ CT‬اﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨّﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺚ ‪ RDS‬ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻗﺪ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺿﺒﻂ ]‪ [CT-ON‬ﰲ ]‪) [GENERAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(9‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﳌﺤﻤ ّﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪) DRM‬إدارة اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻘﻨﻮات‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺻﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬مبﻨﻔﺬ ‪) USB‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(6‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺘﺼ ًﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [USB‬يك‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺰع اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫أو ِﻗﻒ اﻻﺳﺘامع‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﺰع اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬

‫‪7AR‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﺑﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪.[TUNER‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ )‪(BTM‬‬

‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MODE‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ )‪ FM1‬أو ‪ FM2‬أو‬
‫‪ FM3‬أو ‪ MW‬أو ‪ SW1‬أو ‪.(SW2‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪،[GENERAL‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[BTM‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮيت ﻧﻘﺎل آﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت ﻋﲆ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬أوﻗِﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل مبﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ اﳌﺼﺪر‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MODE‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ )‪ FM1‬أو ‪ FM2‬أو‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ( اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه‬
‫‪ FM3‬أو ‪ MW‬أو ‪ SW1‬أو ‪.(SW2‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ )ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(*‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﱰدد اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ –‪ SEEK +/‬وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ –‪ SEEK +/‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﲆ اﻟﱰدد‬
‫اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ –‪.SEEK +/‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‬
‫‪ 4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪.[AUX‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ]‪.[MEM‬‬ ‫)ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪ (6‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬ ‫ﳌﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﳌﻮﺻّ ﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﺎدر اﻷﺧﺮى‬
‫اﺑﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل مبﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻣﻌﺘﺪل‪ ،‬واﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫ﺻﻮت اﺳﺘامﻋﻚ اﳌﻌﺘﺎد ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،MENU‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ]‪) [AUX VOL]  [SOUND‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(9‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪.(6‬‬

‫‪6AR‬‬
 ‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ‪RM-X211‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﴪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ‪ ‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ً‬ ‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﲆ زر ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻧﺤﻮك ﻹزاﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬

‫إذا أدرت ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف ‪ OFF‬دون ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻟﺒﻀﻊ ﺛﻮان‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت اﳌﻨ ّﺒﻪ إﻻ‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﳌﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﻟﺼﻮيت اﳌﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ ًﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺰر ‪) VOL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت( ‪ +‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪) ATT ‬ﺧﻔﺾ(‬
‫اﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﺼﻮت‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪SOUND ‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ ‪ SOUND‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫‪/// ‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﴫ إﻋﺪاد‪ ،‬إﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪) /‬اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪/‬اﻟﻼﺣﻖ(‬
‫–‪) +/‬اﻷﻟﺒﻮم –‪(+/‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪،[GENERAL‬‬
‫‪ ‬رﻓﻊ‪/‬ﺧﻔﺾ )ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت( –‪VOL +/‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻧﺰع ﴍﻳﻂ )رﻗﺎﻗﺔ( اﻟﻌﺰل ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻌامل‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﺮاءة اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت واﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﻘﺮاءة اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ –‪.SEEK +/‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.MENU‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ وﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.DSPL‬‬

‫‪5AR‬‬
 ‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻷﺟﺰاء وﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة(‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ‬زر ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻌﻮدة إﱃ اﳌﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪) SRC ‬ﻣﺼﺪر(‬
‫‪) MODE‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(6‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘ ِﺒﻞ أواﻣﺮ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴري اﳌﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪) PTY ‬ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ PTY‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ ‪.RDS‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻟﻤﺪة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر وﻋﺮض‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪(6‬‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪة‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻴﺎر وإﻳﻘﺎف ﻋﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫إذا ﺗﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة واﺧﺘﻔﺖ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺣﻴﻨﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ALBUM /‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ أﻟﺒﻮم ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ً‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫أ ِدره ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﺘﻜﺮار(‬
‫‪PUSH ENTER‬‬
‫‪) SHUF‬ﺗﻐﻴري اﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ(‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MEGA BASS ‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.MEGA BASS‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪) DSPL ‬اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬ ‫‪SEEK +/– ‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺮوض ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬ ‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ ‪AUX‬‬
‫‪) /‬اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪/‬اﻟﻼﺣﻖ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬ ‫‪) /‬اﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﴪﻳﻊ(‬
‫‪)  ‬إﺧﺮاج اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ(‬
‫)اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(8‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﰲ وﺿﻊ اﳌﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪4AR‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺪول اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻷﺟﺰاء وﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ‪4 ...............................................................‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪5 .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪5 .......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪6 .............................................................................. USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮيت ﻧﻘﺎل آﺧﺮ‪6 ................................................................‬‬

‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‪6 ...................................................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ )‪7 ............................................... (RDS‬‬

‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪7 ..............................................................................‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺟﻬﺎز ‪7 ........................................................USB‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت واﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪8 ..................................................‬‬

‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ‪8 .................................................DEMO‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻷﺳﺎﳼ‪8 ..........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم )‪8 ................................................................(GENERAL‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت )‪9 .................................................................. (SOUND‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪9 ................................................................ (DISPLAY‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪10 ..............................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ‪10 .............................................................................................‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‪11 ..........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤ ّﺮي اﻟﺨﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪12 ........................................................................‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت ‪14 ............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻼزم ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪14 .................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪15 ............................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪16 .............................................................................................‬‬

‫‪3AR‬‬
 ‫من أجل السالمة‪ ،‬تأكد من تركيب هذه الوحدة يف لوحة عدادات‬
‫السيارة ألن الجزء الخلفي من الوحدة يصبح ساخنًا أثناء االستخدام‪.‬‬
‫لالطالع عىل التفاصيل‪ ،‬راجع «التوصيل‪/‬الرتكيب» (صفحة ‪.)14‬‬

‫يصنف هذا المنتج كمنتج ليزر من الفئة األولى تحت‬

‫‪.IEC 60825-1:2007‬‬

‫يقع هذا التصنيف على الجزء السفلي من سطح المنتج‪.‬‬

‫خصائص الصامم الثنايئ الباعث لضوء الليزر‬
‫‪ ‬مدة االنبعاث‪ :‬مستمر‬
‫‪ ‬خرج الليزر‪ :‬أقل من ‪ 53.3‬مايكرو وات‬
‫(هذا الخرج هو القيمة املقاسة عند مسافة ‪ 200‬مم من سطح العدسة‬
‫الشيئية عىل كتلة الالقط البرصي بفتحة عدسة قدرها ‪ 7‬مم‪).‬‬

‫توجد لوحة االسم التي توضح الجهد الكهريب للتشغيل إلخ‪ ،‬أسفل‬
‫الشاسية‪.‬‬
‫مالحظات حول بطارية الليثيوم‬
‫ال تعرض بطارية الليثيوم لحرارة شديدة كأشعة الشمس املبارشة أو النار‬
‫أو ما شابه‪.‬‬

‫تحذير إذا كان سويتش تشغيل مح ّرك سيارتك ال يتض ّمن وضع‬
‫الكامليات ‪ACC‬‬
‫تأكد من إعداد وظيفة اإليقاف التلقايئ ‪( AUTO OFF‬صفحة ‪ .)8‬يتم‬
‫إيقاف الوحدة بشكل تام وتلقايئ يف املوعد املربمج بعد تحويل الوحدة‬
‫إىل وضع اإليقاف‪ ،‬األمر الذي يحول دون استنزاف شحنة البطارية‪ .‬إذا‬
‫مل تقم بإعداد وظيفة اإليقاف التلقايئ ‪ ،AUTO OFF‬فاضغط ‪OFF‬‬
‫مضغوطا إىل أن يختفي العرض (عن الشاشة) كلام قمت بتحويل‬‫ً‬ ‫وأب ِقه‬
‫سويتش تشغيل املح ّرك إىل وضع اإليقاف‪.‬‬

‫إخالء املسؤولية عن الخدمات التي تقدمها الجهات الخارجية‬

‫قد يتم تغيري الخدمات التي تقدمها الجهات الخارجية أو تعليقها أو‬
‫إنهاؤها دون إخطار مسبق‪ .‬وال تتحمل ‪ Sony‬أي مسؤولية عن أنواع‬
‫املواقف هذه‪.‬‬

‫‪2AR‬‬
 ‫‪FM/MW/SW‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬ ‫إرشادات التشغيل‬ ‫‪Compact Disc‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬ ‫دستور العمل های عملیاتی‬ ‫‪Player‬‬

‫للتوصيل‪/‬الرتكيب‪ ،‬راجع صفحة ‪.14‬‬

‫برای کسب اطالعات بیشرت درباره اتصال‪/‬نصب‪ ،‬به صفحه ‪ 14‬رجوع کنید‪.‬‬
‫إللغاء العرض التوضيحي (‪ ،)DEMO‬راجع صفحة ‪.8‬‬
‫برای لغو منایش حالت منایشی (‪ ،)DEMO‬صفحه ‪ 8‬را ببینید‪.‬‬

‫‪http://www.sony.net/‬‬
‫‪©2014 Sony Corporation Printed in Thailand‬‬

‫‪CDX-G1152U/CDX-G1151U/CDX-G1150U‬‬